<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss version="2.0" xml:base="https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com"  xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/">
<channel>
 <title>Open Encyclopedia of Anthropology - Indigeneity</title>
 <link>https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/entry-tags/indigeneity</link>
 <description></description>
 <language>en</language>
<item>
 <title>Outer space</title>
 <link>https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/entry/outer-space</link>
 <description>&lt;div class=&quot;image&quot;&gt;&lt;img typeof=&quot;foaf:Image&quot; src=&quot;https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/sites/www.anthroencyclopedia.com/files/styles/full-article-style/public/outer_space_picture.jpg?itok=jqjTddnn&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-media-credits field-type-text-long field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;p&gt;Rocket launch at Playalinda Beach, Florida, 2017. Picture by &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.flickr.com/photos/jillbazeley/37398043010/in/photolist-YYJKg1-2quBZLj-2nNqj2Y-BJjXwj-2g9f2Ze-ATyr2W-JMcN38-BDm5yi-AP7E9U-2nWZeeY-2m5Ts2r-2jFxe5L-etmpd-89DZuS-nCNbK7-2ihAJ7n-2ewJvSN-AahwxL-2mPqRpM-2ihyfpE-2ihAMAb-dUVnd7-2gA6iLu-21yomXG-89AKEp-ExnhPg-2ihBP1V-2ihALWA-2ihBLEC-2ihAPeG-2rk6LWW-89DZ9d-2ihALnz-2gA6j48-2gA6TG1-fLEHop-9PeGs2-a3XVDW-Sx9HZU-2rk6cxQ-QwYqct-89AKGH-2ihBMu8-2ihBTi2-2ihymhg-2ihyixd-ecSmdd-2gLzVdq-2ihAKof-jP569Y/&quot;&gt;Jill Bazeley&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-entry-tags field-type-taxonomy-term-reference field-label-hidden field-wrapper clearfix&quot;&gt;&lt;ul class=&quot;links&quot;&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-0&quot; class=&quot;field-item even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/body&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Body&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-1&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/cosmology&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Cosmology&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-2&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/capitalism&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Capitalism&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-3&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/colonialism&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Colonialism&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-4&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/indigeneity&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Indigeneity&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-5&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/science-technology&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Science &amp;amp; Technology&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-6&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/time-temporality&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Time &amp;amp; Temporality&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-author field-type-entityreference field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/anna-szolucha&quot;&gt;Anna Szolucha&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-university-name field-type-text field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;Jagiellonian University&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-publication-date field-type-computed field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;
   &lt;div class=&quot;date-in-parts&quot;&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;title&quot;&gt;Initially published &lt;span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;day&quot;&gt;26&lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;month&quot;&gt;Nov &lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;year&quot;&gt;2025&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-doi-link field-type-link-field field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25outerspace&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;http://doi.org/10.29164/25outerspace&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-abstract field-type-text-long field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Abstract:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;People’s daily lives have always relied heavily on their link with outer space. From using the constellations for navigation millennia ago to connecting with thousands of satellites that provide geopositioning, communication, and weather monitoring services, outer space has been a constant companion. But it doesn’t always appear as such in today’s world. Today, space exploration might seem distant and reserved for a select few—astronauts, billionaire tourists, astronomers, or the military. However, ethnographic work shows how deeply outer space is intertwined with people’s lives on Earth, from the daily work of space scientists to the impacts of space infrastructure on local communities around the world.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Since outer space cannot often be known directly, what humans know about it and how they relate to it tends to be shaped by what they know about and how they relate to Earth. Consequently, earthly relations and political dynamics inevitably influence human activities in space. At the same time, an anthropological perspective on outer space can help defamiliarise the taken-for-granted contexts and factors specific to the earthly realm, revealing how deeply they shape human lives and people’s understanding of Earth within the cosmos. Thus, examining outer space can help us recontextualise fundamental questions about society and culture, compelling us to expand our analytical framework to encompass the cosmic realm but also encouraging us to explore alternative models for social life on Earth and beyond. This entry showcases anthropological research that has attempted to answer three fundamental questions at the human-cosmos interface: How do people interact with outer space? How does outer space impact human lives? How does outer space influence our understanding of social reality?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;body field&quot;&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Introduction&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Outer space exerts a constant, albeit sometimes imperceptible or remote, influence on the daily lives of people worldwide. From treating the sky as the domain of ancestors and a guide for social and environmental understanding, to utilising space-based &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23infrastructure&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;infrastructures&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25technology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;technologies&lt;/a&gt; for essential needs like communication and travel, outer space profoundly impacts human existence. Yet, what constitutes ‘outer space’? How have people interacted with this realm? And given its intimate connection to human life, is the term ‘outer’ space even appropriate?&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The boundary between Earth’s atmosphere and outer space remains ambiguous, conventionally placed between 80 and 100 kilometres above sea level. Anthropological studies generally avoid rigid definitions of outer space as a purely physical entity, recognising it instead as a domain of human sociality beyond Earth’s atmosphere where diverse political, social, economic, and cultural &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; are being played out.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;At the same time, media and political discourses often frame outer space within an expansionist, competitive, and developmental narrative, employing terms like ‘space colonisation’, ‘frontier’, ‘race’, and ‘settlement’. Some of these are also used in academic literature. International and national legislation governing space activities, such as the UN Outer Space Treaty of 1967 and the US Commercial Space Launch Competitiveness Act of 2015, frequently reinforce the perception of space as an empty territory, available on a first-come, first-served basis. Some argue that the very descriptors ‘outer’ and ‘extraterrestrial’ perpetuate this sense of detachment, overlooking the long-standing Indigenous connections to the sky and the myriad ways in which it has shaped the lives of various communities and individuals throughout &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;history&lt;/a&gt;, both before and after rockets soared through the atmosphere (see, for example, Bawaka Country et al. 2020). Certain critical scholars refer to outer space with the term ‘cosmos’, which usually carries a more philosophical or spiritual connotation than ‘outer space’. Within this entry, these terms are treated as synonymous. Doing so deliberately avoids reinforcing some of the dualisms—such as technology/culture or sacred/profane—that anthropological inquiry strives to critically examine and challenge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Space anthropology is still an emerging field, despite its roots in early works by Ben Finney and Eric Jones (1986), among others. While it is already grappling with intricate terminological challenges and shifting research foci, its inquiries are fundamentally driven by a desire to ask better questions about humans and understand their place within the cosmos. Thus, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; studies have investigated communities deeply immersed in outer space, such as space scientists discovering new planets by comparing their features to Earth and engineers working with Martian rovers that navigate an extraterrestrial terrain, for whom the cosmos is not merely an imagined realm but also a remote yet tangible and real place. These studies demonstrate that our understanding of the cosmos is not solely derived from an unmediated scientific perception, but rather shaped by a confluence of individual imaginations, organisational structures, and national cultural influences (Messeri 2016; Vertesi 2015).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As people’s familiarity with the vast cosmos deepens, it forces them to re-evaluate Earth’s position within it, broadening understandings of human environments and challenging anthropocentric and geocentric perspectives. At the same time, anthropological and historical research consistently underscores the persistent terrestrial impacts of space exploration, the ecological and social footprint of which extends beyond the celestial sphere. Launch sites, research facilities, and other infrastructure are firmly rooted on Earth. These structures are not merely stepping stones to the cosmos; anthropological research argues that they are also intricately intertwined with earthly realities of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonialism&lt;/a&gt;, environmental impacts, and social displacement (e.g. Redfield 2000, 212–44). Outer space thus emerges as an arena of political power struggles, military competition, and capitalist expansion, where approaches deemed historically problematic on Earth are apparently readily adopted for exploring the unknown. Despite the powerful forces that frame the cosmos as a domain for profit-making and geopolitical expansion, anthropological perspectives both provide nuance for and problematise these narratives.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As space exploration continues, anthropological analysis has also addressed the more speculative possibilities of encountering extraterrestrial cultures or establishing human habitats beyond Earth. Ethnographic knowledge of intercultural dialogue, encounters, and migrations once served as anthropologists’ claim to a rightful role in space exploration endeavours (Finney and Jones 1986). Today, some continue to envisage outer space as a potential new &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19home&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;home&lt;/a&gt; for humanity where the limitations and shortcomings of current societies could be transcended (Valentine 2012). This opens up discussions about human futures, both on Earth and potentially beyond. Consequently, outer space emerges as a space for not only critiquing existing politico-economic relations but also for projecting and contemplating alternative social formations.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From an anthropological perspective, outer space can, on the one hand, be understood as an extension of terrestrial realities. According to this approach, earthly relationships and dynamics play out and expand within a cosmic context, intricately connected to events on Earth. On the other hand, outer space can also be seen as an overarching realm that encompasses our planet. This perspective recontextualises Earth’s position and significance within the cosmos. It offers potential avenues for imagining alternative social and economic relations both on Earth and beyond. This entry delves into anthropological investigations exploring the profound relationship between humans and outer space. It examines three core questions that have shaped space anthropology so far. These are: How do humans engage with the cosmos? What is the impact of outer space on our lives? And what is its influence on people’s understanding of social reality?&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;How do people interact with outer space?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; research has demonstrated a diverse range of ways in which people around the world engage with the cosmos. Their interactions shape their understanding of its significance within their communities and for humanity as a whole. While these understandings may sometimes differ, their analytical value lies in their capacity to offer alternative perspectives that can enrich, nuance, problematise, or challenge established narratives of space and space exploration. For example, Indigenous connections with the sky often problematise the assumption that outer space is empty and inanimate and no people or beings other than a limited number of astronauts have travelled or lived in space. Reportedly, Inuit peoples in Alaska laughed when an anthropologist informed them about the first Moon landing, as they claimed to have been travelling there for years (Young 1987).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In fact, several Indigenous knowledges express a profound interconnectedness between the earthly and cosmic realms, recognising their mutual &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21dependence&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;dependence&lt;/a&gt;. The sky is often considered to be inhabited by ancestors and other beings. Indigenous cosmologies such as those of the Yolŋu in northern Australia are deeply embedded within the stories told about outer space and the sky (Bawaka Country et al. 2020). Moreover, oral traditions and Indigenous knowledge of the skies not only aid in understanding natural patterns related to weather, seasons, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18animals&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;animal&lt;/a&gt; behaviour, and plant life but also sometimes pre-date Western &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;scientific&lt;/a&gt; knowledge of historical celestial phenomena (Hamacher 2023). Given their close and kin relationships with the cosmos, Indigenous communities worldwide such as the Diné (the Navajo nation in the southwestern United States) often caution against exploitative approaches to space exploration, which they believe disrupt the cosmic order (Bartels 2024).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Non-Indigenous interactions with the cosmos can appear to lack the Indigenous sense of kinship with the sky. Space scientists and engineers within major Western space agencies and laboratories, recently the focus of ethnographic attention, often rely on technological devices and terrestrial &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16landscape&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;landscapes&lt;/a&gt; to mediate their interactions with and conceptions of the cosmos. However, even they strive to reaffirm the reality of the cosmic objects they study and operate upon, seeking to establish more intimate and multi-layered relationships with outer space.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For instance, scientists who study planets that circle stars outside our solar system (exoplanets) strive to measure the dimming of a star while the exoplanet transits across its face—a technique known as ‘the transit method’. Subsequently, they visualise and interpret data obtained through such methods to turn the measurements into something that would seem more tangible and relatable. As part of this process, the scientists imagine exoplanets as potential places that they might inhabit, as worlds (Messeri 2016). They draw, for example, upon the more familiar language of the Earth’s solar system to describe the properties of newly discovered planets. Even though their precise parameters remain uncertain, astronomers employ familiar comparisons, calling the exoplanets ‘super-Earths’ or ‘hot Neptunes’, etc. They also utilise a variety of visualisation techniques, from producing curves and graphs to generating statistics, to represent these places that elude visual observation. Similarly, scientists can now translate cosmic phenomena, such as gravitational waves, into audible sounds. While this process relies on established scientific theories, models, and instrumental captures, the resulting sounds are also shaped by a multitude of social and cultural metaphors. For example, an astronomical observatory is compared to ‘a hearing aid’ and sounds of cosmic phenomena to ‘chirps’ or ‘whines’. These &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21visual&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;visual&lt;/a&gt; and acoustic ‘informalisms’ (Helmreich 2016) not only reflect upon the original theories and instrumental data but also foster a more intimate connection between the astronomer and the celestial objects they study.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This connection mirrors the direct experience of observing the night sky at an optical observatory. Although astronomical work increasingly relies on &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18digital&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;digital&lt;/a&gt; data, some astronomers still deeply value the opportunity to conduct research at an observatory, where the distant universe becomes more tangible (Hoeppe 2012). Ethnographic work within science and engineering teams responsible for operating Mars rovers has also underscored the importance of such embodied practices (Vertesi 2015). Various team members identified with the bodies of the rovers, incorporating their physical gestures and movements into their understanding of the rovers and their objects of analysis. This shows how important representational techniques are in establishing and cultivating relationships with the extraterrestrial. Simultaneously, team members aligned their work structures with local and workplace-based norms, meetings, and forms of talk, thereby forging a specific community. Put differently, the intimate engagements with the Mars rovers represented the extraterrestrial as well as contributing to the production and maintenance of a particular social order. People’s representations of and engagements with outer space not only facilitate the scientific exploration of the cosmos and render extraterrestrial scientific objects more legible, but also generate new social &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; on Earth, aligning individuals’ aims and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16values&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;values&lt;/a&gt; in their collective endeavour to familiarise the unknown.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Many of the techniques that bring the cosmos closer and render it more familiar are inherently social and cultural. Consequently, our representations of outer space are profoundly shaped by cultural tropes and socio-political narratives. The spectacular images captured by the Hubble Space Telescope, for example, are not merely unfiltered &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22photography&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;photographs&lt;/a&gt; of the universe; they are products of scientific and aesthetic negotiation. Astronomers had to make deliberate choices about how to translate raw data into meaningful colours and contrasts. In the process, they drew upon familiar geological and meteorological formations, as well as the iconography of nineteenth century American Western landscapes (Kessler 2012). These images were carefully composed for both American domestic and international audiences, serving as a form of scientific outreach and public service. However, by drawing parallels to earthly landscapes and aligning with narratives of outer space as a frontier, these images also encouraged a specific perception of the cosmos: a place simultaneously distant yet inviting exploration. Similar dynamics are evident in other public-facing initiatives, even those designed to be more ‘democratic’, i.e. open to independent public interpretation. For instance, a group of computer scientists at NASA aimed to create an interactive map of Mars that the public could explore independently. Yet, even this initiative promoted a specific way of seeing Mars: as a dynamic, vital place that merits continued research and financial commitment from NASA&#039;s exploration project—ultimately reflecting NASA’s overarching mission of extraterrestrial conquest (Messeri 2017). Our highly mediated engagements with outer space offer valuable insights into the socio-cultural nature of how humans represent the cosmos. They also demonstrate how we connect to the cosmic realm while simultaneously shaping our realities on Earth.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Analogue sites (and various forms of simulation training, more generally) offer another example of an important medium for human interaction with outer space, particularly for experimenting with aspects of human spaceflight missions. These sites allow space scientists and future astronauts to familiarise themselves with the unfamiliar environment of outer space while remaining on Earth. Analogue research typically involves travelling to locations with environmental, geological, or other conditions resembling those found on Mars or other celestial bodies, enabling the testing of equipment and mission designs. For example, ethnographic work with scientists at NASA demonstrates how Mars was brought into being as a group of scientists descended upon an analogue site in the Utah desert (Messeri 2016). These ‘mission’ members treated earthly geological formations as if they were Martian, weaving planet-specific narratives about their past and present. This experience provided the closest possible approximation of being on Mars, and it helped maintain the possibility of future human habitation on the planet. The physical and imaginary elements of the analogue mission, including the strict protocols governing ventures outside the ‘space habitat’, induced a cognitive shift among its participants, redefining the experience of living on Earth. However, these missions also possessed more practical elements. At the time of this research, NASA had stalled plans for human missions to Mars. Consequently, the activities observed by the anthropologist present also represented an attempt by NASA employees to cultivate a utopian narrative within the agency, one that preserved the possibility of Martian missions in the future (Messeri 2016).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In another ethnographic study of analogue sites, anthropologist Valentina Marcheselli worked with astrobiologists in Italian caves and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19mining&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;mines&lt;/a&gt;, simulating potential microbial habitats or shelters on Mars (2022). Their embodied experiences of the caves and mines were crucial not only for transforming these earthly settings into otherworldly analogues but also for establishing astrobiology as a novel scientific discipline. The analogue astrobiological work challenged traditional scientific practices, as its observations and results were no longer solely derived from hypothesis testing but emerged through a more open-ended approach. Such embodied and open-ended research was deemed particularly suitable for a discipline dedicated to encountering and explaining the extraterrestrial unknown. Studying analogue sites, then, reveals something about the inherently dual nature of analogue space missions. In trying to keep Martian exploration viable in times of institutional contraction, or reinforcing the case for a new scientific research method, they aim to make mission participants more intimately familiar with another world, while also utilising this work to influence human engagement with this one.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In a similar vein, astronautics, or the science of space travel, is thought of by US scientists, physicians, and engineers involved in human spaceflight as relying on various ‘systems’ in order to work (Olson 2018). Such systems are defined as &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25technology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;technologies&lt;/a&gt; that relate diverse concepts and materialities to one another. Thinking of human-technology constellations as systems serves a technocratic function. It contributes to perceiving outer space as governable, thereby perpetuating expansionist narratives of space exploration. The work conducted in extreme terrestrial environments, such as analogue lunar bases on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25deepsea&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;seafloor&lt;/a&gt;, and the allure of radically different extraterrestrial conditions, resonates with a culture in which the extreme has positive connotations as a catalyst for improvement and progress. Consequently, analogue missions participate in a cultural dynamic that frames the extreme as an imperative for overcoming challenges, fostering social innovation, and achieving distinctiveness (Olson 2018).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Earlier research on the European Space Agency (ESA) examined the entanglement of space with a different cultural dynamic, specifically the metaphor of European cooperation (Zabusky 1995). Studied during the 1990s, European cooperation in space science turned out to, paradoxically, rely on both conflict and diversity. The inherent internal diversity of European institutions, in which staff comes from different cultures and linguistic backgrounds, helps ESA employees avoid feelings of alienation and stagnation. Through regular, contested interactions and performances of difference, cooperation emerges through space technology as a form of rational solidarity. However, this process is not merely instrumental; it also constitutes a journey through which individuals experience a sacred and intense sense of community (i.e. &lt;em&gt;communitas&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Even though science often claims to be largely impartial and independent of cultural influences, the social nature of the human-space interface is evident not only within the structures and practices of scientific communities, but also in the scientific outcomes of major research organisations such as NASA. Their varied internal hierarchies and interactional norms produce different kinds of scientific knowledge. Sometimes NASA&#039;s collective &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;work&lt;/a&gt; modes relied on collectivist decision-making structures such as consensus, and emphasised the importance of arriving at a common ground. On other occasions, integrative work modes were favoured, stemming from a position that respected the autonomy of separate units and tried to unite the particular interests of different units in some form of a workable whole. These differing organisational structures were reflected, for example, in the authorship structure of scientific articles and in the influence that different scientific disciplines had in NASA&#039;s research (Vertesi 2020).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While the socio-cultural connections between Earth and outer space turn out to be robust, as is evident in human representations and engagements with the cosmos, it is also crucial to avoid an overly deterministic view of this relationship. While human perceptions and interactions with the universe are undoubtedly shaped by cultural narratives and social structures, these influences are multifaceted and nuanced rather than one-dimensional or all-powerful. For example, NASA employees working with Mars rovers encountered significant challenges in aligning their work schedules with the Martian day-night cycle, which is around 40 minutes longer than that of Earth. Despite the use of visual displays and other representational techniques to track Martian &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25time&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;time&lt;/a&gt;, the inherent mismatch between Earth and Mars time led to confusion and—with ever-changing work schedules meant to allow staff to keep up with Mars—bodily fatigue (Mirmalek 2020). This highlights the limitations of simply imposing external (and extraterrestrial) frameworks on human experience.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Just as the human body cannot simply adapt to Martian time while remaining firmly rooted on Earth, human imaginations are not solely shaped by dominant narratives of space exploration. Ethnographic work with &#039;New Space&#039; advocates, who invest in commercial space ventures (Valentine 2012), as well as space creators and enthusiasts, who popularise space exploration (Szolucha 2024), reveals a more nuanced picture. While these individuals may operate within the constraints of capitalist relations or navigate the uncertainties of a social spectacle, they also challenge conventional investment strategies, foster community, and actively produce shared visions of the future, thereby creating new social relations. The work of space creators, for example, not only popularises space exploration and makes it comprehensible to a global audience of enthusiasts, but also has the power to mould the public’s collective space myths. The collective imagination of outer space may, therefore, contain possibilities for new narratives of space exploration.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;How does outer space impact human lives?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Space exploration leaves a visible mark on Earth, requiring diverse &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23infrastructure&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;infrastructure&lt;/a&gt; for the manufacture and operation of space &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25technology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;technologies&lt;/a&gt;. These facilities are often situated in locations perceived as remote or uninhabited. However, anthropological research foregrounds the stories of communities impacted by these developments, emphasising their needs, perspectives, and the structural biases that limit their &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24agency&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;agency&lt;/a&gt;. For example, several engaged anthropologists worked during the 1970s with the Yanadi, an Indigenous &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16tribe&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;tribe&lt;/a&gt; in India with a nomadic lifestyle historically centred around &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20hunt&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;hunting and gathering&lt;/a&gt; (Agrawal, Rao and Reddy 1985). This engagement occurred shortly after the Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) had acquired the Yanadi’s traditional lands to establish a new space centre on an island off India’s eastern coast. The anthropologists documented the profound changes ISRO brought to the region, displacing the Yanadi from their traditional hunting grounds, offering employment opportunities, and creating new community facilities. By collaborating with the Yanadi and ISRO, the anthropologists helped negotiate extended land access rights for the tribe members and educated the ISRO about the social impacts of its activities on the Yanadi community.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Yanadi case is not an isolated historical incident. Displacement or various degrees of neglect of Indigenous or disadvantaged populations during state or commercial encroachment on their territories has been a recurring theme in the construction and siting of space-related infrastructure, persisting to the present. In the 1980s, the space base in northeastern Brazil displaced Afro-Brazilian villagers, reflecting a history of class and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;racial&lt;/a&gt; inequality within the country (Mitchell 2017). In French Guiana, the construction and operation of ESA’s spaceport in Kourou continues to be entangled with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonial&lt;/a&gt; history of the region (Redfield 2000) and its peculiar status as a European periphery (Korpershoek 2024). Currently, the Native American Esto’k Gna oppose the operations of a private space company for restricting the access to their traditional lands on the southern tip of Texas in the United States (Szolucha 2023). The proposed construction of the Thirty Meter Telescope on the sacred mountain of Maunakea in Hawai&#039;i, despite sustained local protest and predicted environmental impacts, is another example (Hobart 2019; Maile 2019). Anthropologists have helped to amplify the experiences and perspectives of Indigenous and disadvantaged groups, documenting the historical legacies of inequality and injustice, while exploring potential avenues for change.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Such examples have led some social scientists to formulate more sweeping critiques of space exploration efforts, characterising them as inherently colonial and exploitative (for example, Rubenstein 2022; Treviño 2023). Against such views, critical scholars propose alternative approaches to engaging with the cosmos, such as celestial wayfinding. Aiming to mirror the way Polynesians navigated the ocean and to avoid the perpetuation of colonial dynamics in space exploration, celestial wayfinding is meant to be guided by principles of sustainable settlement, informed by an animate view of the cosmos and based on a belief in the inherent value and necessary co-existence of all beings (Lempert 2021). The !Kung San people of the Kalahari Desert in southern Africa have been suggested as a positive and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22egalitarianism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;egalitarian&lt;/a&gt; model for social organisation of space communities (Lee 1985). Their adaptations were based on the practice of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21sharing&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;sharing&lt;/a&gt;, living in a small group, and being self-sufficient for a very long time. Anthropologists have also considered the Minangkabau people of West Sumatra, with their emphasis on mutual learning and reciprocal interaction, as a potential model for interstellar migration (Tanner 1985). Furthermore, alternative modes of travelling and living together that have been explored in science fiction movies also hold the potential to inspire and improve space exploration (Lempert 2014; Salazar 2023).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19queer&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Queer&lt;/a&gt; and feminist perspectives on space exploration equally offer frameworks for reimagining it. ‘Queering the cosmos’ would involve liberating it from the constraints of established, often limited, visions of the future and opening it up to multiple possibilities (Oman-Reagan 2015). Similarly, feminist approaches to space travel challenge the presumption of heterosexuality—pervasive within the imaginaries and designs of human spaceflight—and critically examine the ideological and structural biases that lead to exclusionary and oppressive practices and imaginaries (Gál and Armstrong 2023).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While various critical approaches are being proposed to ‘reclaim outer space’ (Schwartz, Billings and Nesvold 2023) a growing body of anthropological work is emerging in parallel that challenges the seemingly monolithic character of modern space projects. On the one hand, space infrastructure developments are typically justified in the name of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;scientific&lt;/a&gt; and economic advancement for a specific community, region, or even nation. While the examples above illustrate some significant challenges and pitfalls of these justifications, space projects may mobilise a sense of hope, agency, and visions of alternative futures that extend beyond serving as an escape plan for a select few (Denning 2023). They can provide alternative visions of international cooperation and even increased ecological care.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;At the same time, outer space has always held the potential for increased militarisation, neocolonialism, and extractivism. Anthropologists demonstrate that these two facets, of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21care&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;care&lt;/a&gt; and extractivism, are inextricably linked and that space exploration, while perpetuating harmful legacies, also automatically elicits alternative practices and visions of the future (see, for example, Ojani 2024). Many Mexicans, for example, reveal complex imaginaries surrounding space. They see space exploration as a pathway to economic development through technological innovation while simultaneously emphasising the need to critically reflect on the conditions that shape its achievement (Johnson 2020). Similarly, astronomers in Madagascar demonstrate that a problematic and culturally specific notion of the ‘universality of science’ can nevertheless serve as a tool for navigating inequalities on Earth (Nieber 2024). Assuming that science is to some extent universal is not just an epistemic requirement for gaining entry into an international scientific network. It is also a horizon of possibility, one that offers both hope and direction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;How does outer space influence our understanding of social reality? &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Outer space not only affects people’s lives but also recalibrates their structures of understanding. Being outside Earth and thinking about the cosmos involves encountering extraterrestrial materialities and contexts that are unfamiliar or behave in unexpected ways. Living in microgravity on the International Space Station (ISS), for example, removes the people involved from the familiar bounds of Earth and from usual ways of being and feeling human. The physical experience of weightlessness affects emotions and their social expression, demonstrating how gravity—a condition we typically take for granted—influences not only the human body but also emotions and social &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt;. This is because the effective communication of emotions and human relations depends on certain material conditions. When those are dramatically altered in such environments as outer space, a simple hug, for example, becomes a challenge because bodies behave and react differently than they would on Earth. The hug becomes a somewhat awkward experience, because bodies of astronauts struggle to align and exchange the same sense of touch they would under the conditions of gravity (Parkhurst and Jeevendrampillai 2020). Similarly, venturing beyond Earth’s atmosphere allows us to reconsider its role as a primary context, one that provides the reference points for our fundamental understandings and distinctions, such as the one between nature and culture, for example (Battaglia 2012; Valentine 2016). An anthropological engagement with outer space turns out to broaden the notions of what constitutes an ‘environment’ and to decentre our geocentric and anthropocentric perspectives (Battaglia, Valentine and Olson 2015; Helmreich 2012; Olson and Messeri 2015).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This recalibrating nature of outer space has also prompted a rethinking of anthropological methodologies (see, for example, Gorbanenko, Jeevendrampillai and Kozel 2025). Specifically, it has been suggested that anthropological research be recontextualised  in ‘more-than-terran’ spaces (Olson 2023), to think about fieldwork as having significance and being localised beyond Earth, and as being entangled with entities, dynamics, and phenomena beyond Earth-based contexts. While humans’ earthly embeddedness is undeniable, an expanded methodological toolkit would acknowledge that societies already exist on a boundary between terrestrial and extraterrestrial realms. However, how radically methodologies need to be adjusted is currently somewhat under dispute. Given that people constantly negotiate their social existence through a dialogue with their social and material worlds, life on Earth may be quite mediated already and therefore not that different to study than life in space (Jeevendrampillai et al. 2023).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ethnographic research in locations like the ISS is unlikely to occur anytime soon, given how expensive and hard it is to access. Studying Earth-based space &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23infrastructure&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;infrastructures&lt;/a&gt; related to it, such as its Mission Controls, is much more feasible and can still be highly elucidating. &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Ethnographers&lt;/a&gt; can more easily enter a meeting in ground-based buildings by government agencies and companies designing space experiments or observe livestreamed conversations with ISS crews. Seemingly remote locations can thus be studied via the multiple, interconnected sites, media, and groups of people that constitute a field both up in space and here on Earth (Buchli 2020). These include the constant online presence of the ISS, multimedia archives, and communities tracking the ISS from Earth.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Space activities, both on Earth and in outer space, are dispersed across vast distances and dynamically evolving networks. Therefore, field sites are never stable entities but are better understood as sometimes-atomised and relational spaces connected through shared meanings and materialities (Timko 2024). The distributed nature of space-related sites and globally dispersed communities has led to the idea of a ‘planetary ethnography’ (Szolucha et al. 2022; 2023). This approach to research seeks to push the boundaries of representation to uncover new perspectives both by engaging with diverse social groups across different cultures and by bringing them into a comparative analysis that can reveal unexpected alliances or effect a change in perspective. These under- or unrepresented experiences and viewpoints, much like the extraterrestrial itself, should have the potential to revisit and reorient entire fields of understanding, rather than simply adding another perspective, one that remains on the periphery.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conclusion&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Although outer space remains a physically distant horizon, unreachable for most, it is closer than one may think. It plays a significant role in the everyday lives of diverse groups, from Indigenous communities to the global network of space &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20pros&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;professionals&lt;/a&gt;. Through their engagement with outer space and its many representations, they make communal &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;histories&lt;/a&gt;, social norms, as well as distant celestial objects and phenomena more readily comprehensible. In doing so, they reshape social &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; and realities here on Earth. Regardless of how they connect with the sky, people worldwide seem to actively strive to forge more intimate relationships with the cosmos, underscoring its inextricable link to human life.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;But why is this connection with the universe so important? Perhaps the answer lies in viewing outer space as a social and cultural canvas, one on which individuals and communities can project their understanding of the present social order and their aspirations for the future. For example, Russian cosmonautic amateurs who build and test satellites and other space &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25technology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;technologies&lt;/a&gt; hold the idea that anyone can participate in space exploration, even without government backing (Sivkov 2019). Their activities highlight the importance of merit and technological know-how in driving space exploration. Therefore, engaging with the cosmos allows them to critique the social and political realities of their country. Outer space can thus be understood as a field for critiquing current social conditions and experimenting with potential alternatives.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Popular representations of extraterrestrial life and unidentified flying objects (‘UFOs’) have also been interpreted as expressions of broader socio-political concerns. These include feelings of alienation and mistrust towards political representatives. Alien abduction narratives equally reflect anxieties, including concerns about &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;racial&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnic&lt;/a&gt; difference. In other depictions, extraterrestrial beings are viewed as divine, expanding the scope of human understanding beyond purely &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;scientific&lt;/a&gt; explanations. Historically, ‘ufology’—the study of UFOs—emerged from anxieties surrounding military tensions and technological advancements (Battaglia 2006), a dynamic that continues to resonate today.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Public interest in the cosmos waxes and wanes, driven by the vagaries of politics and cultural trends while popular sentiment toward even the most successful space programmes is often ambiguous (Launius 2003). However, anthropological research has definitively demonstrated that people worldwide actively seek deeper and more complex connections with the cosmos. It is an inextricable part of daily life, shaping their past, co-creating their present, and prefiguring their future.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This understanding challenges the detached view of the cosmos as an outside domain, a perspective some argue was reinforced by the first images of Earth taken by astronauts of Apollo missions from the void of space (Arendt 1968; Cosgrove 1994). This seemingly detached ‘view from nowhere’ may perpetuate the notion that the cosmos is simply there for the taking, whether by technologically advanced nations or an oligarchy-controlled private sector. If technological engagement with outer space expands in the coming decades, largely fuelled by commercial and military-led space ventures, what convergences and tensions will emerge with the fundamental human drive for cosmic intimacy? One thing is certain: humanity will discover ever-new ways to imbue outer space with meaning, both on Earth and beyond.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Agrawal, Binod C., N. Sudhakar Rao, and P. C. Gurivi Reddy. 1985. &lt;em&gt;Yanadi response to change: An attempt in action anthropology&lt;/em&gt;. New Delhi: Concept.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Arendt, Hannah. 1968. &lt;em&gt;Between past and future: Eight exercises in political thought&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Viking Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bartels, Meghan. 2024. &quot;Human remains are headed to the moon despite objections.&quot; &lt;em&gt;Scientific American&lt;/em&gt;, 5 January. &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.scientificamerican.com/article/human-remains-are-headed-to-the-moon-despite-objections/&quot;&gt;https://www.scientificamerican.com/article/human-remains-are-headed-to-t...&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Battaglia, Debbora, ed. 2006. &lt;em&gt;E.T. culture: Anthropology in outerspaces&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2012. &quot;Coming in at an unusual angle: Exo-surprise and the fieldworking cosmonaut.&quot; &lt;em&gt;Anthropological Quarterly&lt;/em&gt; 85, no. 4: 1089–106. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1353/anq.2012.0058&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1353/anq.2012.0058&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Battaglia, Debbora, David Valentine, and Valerie Olson. 2015. &quot;Relational space: An earthly installation.&quot; &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 30, no. 2: 245–56. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.14506/ca30.2.07&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.14506/ca30.2.07&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bawaka Country, A. Mitchell, S. Wright, S. Suchet-Pearson et al. 2020. ‘Dukarr lakarama: Listening to Guwak, talking back to space colonization.&quot; &lt;em&gt;Political Geography&lt;/em&gt; 81: 102218. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.polgeo.2020.102218&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.polgeo.2020.102218&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Buchli, Victor. 2020. &quot;Extraterrestrial methods: Towards an ethnography of the ISS.&quot; In &lt;em&gt;Lineages and advancements in material culture studies&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Timothy Carroll, Antonia Walford, and Shireen Walton, 17–32. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cosgrove, Denis. 1994. &quot;Contested global visions: &lt;em&gt;One-world&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Whole-earth&lt;/em&gt;, and the Apollo space photographs.&quot; &lt;em&gt;Annals of the Association of American Geographers&lt;/em&gt; 84, no. 2: 270–94. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8306.1994.tb01738.x&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8306.1994.tb01738.x&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Denning, Kathryn. 2023. &quot;Reclaiming space: On hope in a jar, a Bear in the Sky, and the Running Red Queen.&quot; In &lt;em&gt;Reclaiming space: Progressive and multicultural visions of space exploration&lt;/em&gt;, edited by James S.J. Schwartz, Linda Billings, and Erika Nesvold, 196–212. Oxford: Oxford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Finney, Ben R., and Eric M. Jones, eds. 1986. &lt;em&gt;Interstellar migration and the human experience&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gál, Réka Patrícia, and Eleanor Armstrong. 2023. &quot;Feminist approaches to outer space: Engagements with technology, labour, and environment’. In &lt;em&gt;The Routledge handbook of social studies of outer space&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Juan Francisco Salazar and Alice Gorman, 158–71. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gorbanenko, Jenia, David Jeevendrampillai, and Adryon Kozel, eds. 2025. &lt;em&gt;Exploring ethnography of outer space: Methods and perspectives&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hamacher, Duane. 2023. &lt;em&gt;The first astronomers: How Indigenous elders read the stars&lt;/em&gt;. Crows Nest: Allen &amp;amp; Unwin.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Helmreich, Stefan. 2012. &quot;Extraterrestrial relativism.&quot; &lt;em&gt;Anthropological Quarterly&lt;/em&gt; 85, no. 4: 1125–39.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2016. &quot;Gravity’s reverb: Listening to space-time, or articulating the sounds of gravitational-wave detection’. &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 31, no. 4: 464–92. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.14506/ca31.4.02&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.14506/ca31.4.02&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hobart, Hi’ilei Julia. 2019. &quot;At home on the Mauna: Ecological violence and fantasies of terra nullius on Maunakea’s summit.&quot; &lt;em&gt;Native American and Indigenous Studies&lt;/em&gt; 6, no. 2: 30–50.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hoeppe, Götz. 2012. &quot;Astronomers at the observatory: Place, visual practice, traces.&quot; &lt;em&gt;Anthropological Quarterly&lt;/em&gt; 85, no. 4: 1141–60.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jeevendrampillai, David, Victor Buchli, Aaron Parkhurst, Adryon Kozel, Giles Bunch, Jenia Gorbanenko, and Makar Tereshin. 2023. &quot;An ethnography of an extra-terrestrial society: The International Space Station.&quot; In &lt;em&gt;The Routledge handbook of social studies of outer space&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Juan Francisco Salazar and Alice Gorman, 413–26. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Johnson, Anne Warren. 2020. &quot;A Mexican conquest of space? Cosmopolitanism, cosmopolitics, and cosmopoetics in the Mexican space industry.&quot; &lt;em&gt;Review of International American Studies&lt;/em&gt; 13, no. 2: 123–44. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.31261/rias.9808&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.31261/rias.9808&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kessler, Elizabeth A. 2012. &lt;em&gt;Picturing the cosmos: Hubble Space Telescope images and the astronomical sublime&lt;/em&gt;. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Korpershoek, Karlijn. &quot;A tale of two outers: Studying up, down and around Europe’s Ville Spatiale in South America.&quot; PhD dissertation, Jagiellonian University, Kraków,  2024.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Launius, Roger D. 2003. &quot;Public opinion polls and perceptions of US human spaceflight.&quot; &lt;em&gt;Space Policy&lt;/em&gt; 19, no. 3: 163–75. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1016/S0265-9646&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1016/S0265-9646&lt;/a&gt;(03)00039-0.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lee, Richard B. 1985. &quot;Models of human colonization: !Kung San, Greeks, and Vikings.&quot; In &lt;em&gt;Interstellar migration and the human experience&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Ben R. Finney and Eric M. Jones, 180–94. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lempert, William. 2014. &quot;Decolonizing encounters of the third kind: Alternative futuring in Native science fiction film.&quot; &lt;em&gt;Visual Anthropology Review&lt;/em&gt; 30, no. 2: 164–76. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1111/var.12046&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1111/var.12046&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2021. &quot;From interstellar imperialism to celestial wayfinding: Prime directives and colonial time-knots in SETI.&quot; &lt;em&gt;American Indian Culture and Research Journal&lt;/em&gt; 45, no. 1: 45–70. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.17953/aicrj.45.1.lempert&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.17953/aicrj.45.1.lempert&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Maile, Uahikea. 2019. &quot;Resurgent refusals: Protecting Mauna a Wākea and Kanaka Maoli decolonization.&quot; &lt;em&gt;Hūlili: Multidisciplinary Research on Hawaiian Well-Being&lt;/em&gt; 11, no. 1: 57-69. &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.academia.edu/40930104/Resurgent_Refusals_Protecting_Mauna_a_W%C4%81kea_and_Kanaka_Maoli_Decolonization&quot;&gt;https://www.academia.edu/40930104/Resurgent_Refusals_Protecting_Mauna_a_...&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Marcheselli, Valentina. 2022. &quot;The exploration of the Earth subsurface as a Martian analogue’.&quot;&lt;em&gt;TECNOSCIENZA: Italian Journal of Science &amp;amp; Technology Studies&lt;/em&gt; 13, no. 1: 25–46.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Messeri, Lisa. 2016. &lt;em&gt;Placing outer space: An earthly ethnography of other worlds&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2017. &quot;Extra-terra incognita: Martian maps in the digital age.&quot; &lt;em&gt;Social Studies of Science&lt;/em&gt; 47, no. 1: 75–94. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1177/0306312716656820&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1177/0306312716656820&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mirmalek, Zara. 2020. &lt;em&gt;Making time on Mars&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mitchell, Sean T. 2017. &lt;em&gt;Constellations of inequality: Space, race, and utopia in Brazil&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: Chicago University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nieber, Hanna. 2024. &quot;Universality as horizon: Aspirations and geometries of astrophysics in Africa.&quot; &lt;em&gt;Zeitschrift Für Ethnologie/Journal of Social and Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 149, no. 1: 53–70. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.60827/zfe/jsca.v149i1.1877&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.60827/zfe/jsca.v149i1.1877&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ojani, Chakad. 2024. &quot;Reindeer, rockets and space infrastructures: Enacting oligoptic-satellitarian environments in Northern Sweden.&quot; &lt;em&gt;Environment and Planning E: Nature and Space&lt;/em&gt; 7, no. 6: 1957–74. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1177/25148486241262621&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1177/25148486241262621&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Olson, Valerie. 2018. &lt;em&gt;Into the extreme: U.S. environmental systems and politics beyond Earth&lt;/em&gt;. Minneapolis: University Of Minnesota Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2023. &quot;Refielding in more-than-terran spaces.&quot; In &lt;em&gt;The Routledge handbook of social studies of outer space&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Juan Francisco Salazar and Alice Gorman, 31–43. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Olson, Valerie, and Lisa Messeri. 2015. &quot;Beyond the Anthropocene: Un-earthing an epoch.&quot; &lt;em&gt;Environment and Society&lt;/em&gt; 6, no. 1: 28–47.  &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.3167/ares.2015.060103&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.3167/ares.2015.060103&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Oman-Reagan, Michael. 2015. &quot;Queering outer space.&quot; &lt;em&gt;Space + Anthropology,&lt;/em&gt; September 11. &lt;a href=&quot;https://medium.com/space-anthropology/queering-outer-space-f6f5b5cecda0&quot;&gt;https://medium.com/space-anthropology/queering-outer-space-f6f5b5cecda0&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Parkhurst, Aaron, and David Jeevendrampillai. 2020. &quot;Towards an anthropology of gravity: Emotion and embodiment in microgravity environments.&quot; &lt;em&gt;Emotion, Space and Society&lt;/em&gt; 35(2): 100680. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2020.100680&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2020.100680&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Redfield, Peter. 2000. &lt;em&gt;Space in the tropics: From convicts to rockets in French Guiana&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rubenstein, Mary-Jane. 2022. &lt;em&gt;Astrotopia: The Dangerous Religion of the Corporate Space Race&lt;/em&gt;. The University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Salazar, Juan Francisco. 2023. &quot;A chronopolitics of outer space: A poetics of tomorrowing.&quot; In &lt;em&gt;The Routledge handbook of social studies of outer space&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Juan Francisco Salazar and Alice Gorman, 142–57. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Schwartz, James SJ, Linda Billings, and Erika Nesvold, eds. 2023. &lt;em&gt;Reclaiming space: Progressive and multicultural visions of space exploration&lt;/em&gt;. Oxford: Oxford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sivkov, Denis Yu. 2019. &quot;Space exploration at home: Amateur cosmonautics in contemporary Russia [Osvoenie Kosmosa v Domashnikh Usloviiakh: Liubitel’skaia Kosmonavtika v Sovremennoi Rossii].&quot; &lt;em&gt;Etnograficheskoe Obozrenie&lt;/em&gt;, no. 6: 67–79. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.31857/S086954150007769-5&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.31857/S086954150007769-5&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Szolucha, Anna. 2023. &quot;Planetary ethnography in a &#039;SpaceX village&#039;: History, borders, and the work of &#039;beyond&#039;.&quot; In &lt;em&gt;The Routledge handbook of social studies of outer space&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Juan Francisco Salazar and Alice Gorman, 71–83. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2024. &quot;A disappearing frontier?: An ethnographic study of the labour of imagination of SpaceX fans and space creators in south Texas.&quot; &lt;em&gt;Acta Astronautica&lt;/em&gt; 222:  87–94. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actaastro.2024.06.001&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actaastro.2024.06.001&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Szolucha, Anna, Karlijn Korpershoek, Chakad Ojani, and Peter Timko. 2022. &quot;Planetary ethnography: A primer.&quot; &lt;em&gt;SocArXiv&lt;/em&gt;, March 24. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.31235/osf.io/sy2gh&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.31235/osf.io/sy2gh&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Szolucha, Anna, Peter Timko, Chakad Ojani, and Karlijn Korpershoek. 2023. &quot;Ethnographic research of outer space: Challenges and opportunities.&quot; &lt;em&gt;Ethnography&lt;/em&gt; (online): &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1177/14661381231220273&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1177/14661381231220273&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tanner, Nancy Makepeace. 1985. &quot;Interstellar migrations: The beginnings of familiar process in a new context.&quot; In &lt;em&gt;Interstellar migration and the human experience&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Ben R. Finney and Eric M. Jones, 220–33. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Timko, Peter. &quot;Plural presents and imagined futures of the new space economy.&quot; PhD dissertation, Jagiellonian University, Kraków,  2024.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Treviño, Natalie B. 2023. ‘Coloniality and the cosmos’. In &lt;em&gt;The Routledge handbook of social studies of outer space&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Juan Francisco Salazar and Alice Gorman, 226–37. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Valentine, David. 2012. &quot;Exit strategy: Profit, cosmology, and the future of humans in space.&quot; &lt;em&gt;Anthropological Quarterly&lt;/em&gt; 85, no. 4: 1045–67.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2016. &quot;Atmosphere: Context, detachment, and the view from above Earth.&quot; &lt;em&gt;American Ethnologist&lt;/em&gt; 43, no. 3: 511–24. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1111/amet.12343&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1111/amet.12343&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Vertesi, Janet. 2015. &lt;em&gt;Seeing like a Rover: How robots, teams, and images craft knowledge of Mars&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2020. &lt;em&gt;Shaping science: Organizations, decisions, and culture on Nasa’s teams. &lt;/em&gt;Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Young, M. Jane. 1987. &quot;&#039;Pity the Indians of outer space&#039;: Native American views of the space program.&quot; &lt;em&gt;Western Folklore&lt;/em&gt; 46, no. 4: 269. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.2307/1499889&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.2307/1499889&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Zabusky, Stacia E. 1995. &lt;em&gt;Launching Europe: An ethnography of European cooperation in space science&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton, N.J: Princeton University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note on contributor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anna Szolucha is an Associate Professor and Principal Investigator of the ARIES (Anthropological Research into the Imaginaries and Exploration of Space) project at the Institute of Ethnology and Cultural Anthropology, Jagiellonian University, Krakow, Poland. Her research interests lie at the intersection of new technologies, natural resources, and society.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Research for this article received funding from the National Science Centre, Poland, project number 2020/38/E/HS3/00241.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Anna Szolucha, Institute of Ethnology and Cultural Anthropology, Jagiellonian University, ul. &lt;/em&gt;&lt;em&gt;Golebia 9, 31-007 Krakow, Poland. ORCID: 0000-0001-8938-6066&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-editor field-type-entityreference field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Editor:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;Hanna Nieber&lt;/div&gt;</description>
 <pubDate>Wed, 26 Nov 2025 11:54:32 +0000</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>Rebecca Tishler</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">2062 at https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com</guid>
</item>
<item>
 <title>Resilience</title>
 <link>https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/entry/resilience</link>
 <description>&lt;div class=&quot;image&quot;&gt;&lt;img typeof=&quot;foaf:Image&quot; src=&quot;https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/sites/www.anthroencyclopedia.com/files/styles/full-article-style/public/resilience.jpg?itok=W5ZY-iee&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-media-credits field-type-text-long field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;p&gt;Person during a 2009 flood in Vietnam. &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.flickr.com/photos/29090934@N07/4185785253/in/photostream/&quot; onclick=&quot;window.open(this.href, &#039;&#039;, &#039;resizable=no,status=no,location=no,toolbar=no,menubar=no,fullscreen=no,scrollbars=no,dependent=no&#039;); return false;&quot;&gt;Photo: Rob&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-entry-tags field-type-taxonomy-term-reference field-label-hidden field-wrapper clearfix&quot;&gt;&lt;ul class=&quot;links&quot;&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-0&quot; class=&quot;field-item even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/climate-change&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Climate Change&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-1&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/colonialism&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Colonialism&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-2&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/culture&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Culture&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-3&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/cybernetics&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Cybernetics&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-4&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/indigeneity&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Indigeneity&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-5&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/psychology&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Psychology&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-6&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/ritual&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Ritual&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-author field-type-entityreference field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/kathrin-eitel&quot;&gt;Kathrin Eitel&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-university-name field-type-text field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;University of Zurich&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-publication-date field-type-computed field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;
   &lt;div class=&quot;date-in-parts&quot;&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;title&quot;&gt;Initially published &lt;span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;day&quot;&gt;31&lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;month&quot;&gt;Mar &lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;year&quot;&gt;2023&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-doi-link field-type-link-field field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23resilience&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;http://doi.org/10.29164/23resilience&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-abstract field-type-text-long field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Abstract:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&#039;Resilience’ is becoming a new policy buzzword. The term describes the ability to recover from expected and unexpected situations, stresses, or threats in order to sustain, thrive, and to move on. As a concept and as an approach, it guides people’s adaptation, persistence, and response strategies to sustainably cope with challenges of all kinds, such as pandemics, political oppression, or extreme weather events related to climate change. This entry highlights anthropological insights into and theoretical antecedents of resilience. Anthropologists have studied resilience in highly diverse contexts, ranging from cybernetics and systems theory, to the study of disaster, human psychology, science and technology studies, and multispecies research. The notion of resilience keeps being expanded and remains diverse. Theoretically, anthropologists have foregrounded the importance of viewing resilience as a practice and as being situated. They also emphasise the complexity of interactions and processes involved in coping with adversities and they often foreground a relational rather than an individualistic understanding of resilience. Importantly, resilience always includes more-than-human actors such as plants, animals, and technologies. How exactly people are able to become resilient is often determined by structural inequalities, (post-)colonisation and prevailing understandings of how the world ought to be. Anthropological research on resilience is much needed in times of adversity, as technological fixes to planetary threats are insufficient to ensure future wellbeing.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;body field&quot;&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Introduction&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Today, the term ‘resilience’ is on everyone&#039;s lips. As a policy strategy, it aims to ‘prepare’ communities, cities, regions, and even entire nations to cope with threats such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21climatechange&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;climate change&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25finance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;financial&lt;/a&gt; crises, or &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22pandemics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;pandemics&lt;/a&gt;. As a new development buzzword, resilience has slowly replaced the long-cherished term of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25sustainability&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;‘sustainability’&lt;/a&gt; that had taken over the world of politics and academia in previous decades. But what sorts of ideas are associated with resilience? How is the concept used and what have anthropologists found out when studying it? Looking at the literature, one learns that theories of resilience have been developed in very different research traditions, from ecology to psychology, economics, development studies, international relations, and climate policy. It is mostly through work in climate policy that resilience has become known beyond academic discourse since the 1990s (Wakefield, Grove and Chandler 2020). As a practical and situated feature of sociocultural life, resilience has also gained interest in anthropological research. That said, it has not replaced the adjacent concept of ‘adaptation’, which is an antecedent of resilience and has remained at the centre of much anthropological study. The genealogy presented in this entry blends together thoughts, concepts, and personal experiences related to resilience. It traces one path of the development of the concept, without, however, claiming that it is ‘the only’ path of its genesis.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;At its most basic, resilience describes the ability to recover quickly from unexpected shocks and crises through, for example, adaptation, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16resistance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resistance&lt;/a&gt;, or robustness. One can think of it both as a process and an action, deriving partly from the Latin word &lt;em&gt;resilire&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;re–salire&lt;/em&gt;) which means to recoil, to leap back.&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn1&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref1&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref1&quot;&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;sup&gt;[1]&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;em&gt;Resilire&lt;/em&gt;, thus, describes the action of rebounding or swinging back to a stable &lt;em&gt;status quo&lt;/em&gt; of existence. The underlying idea of responding to outside influence via ‘feedback’ harkens back to early cybernetics, a field of research that studied ‘control and communication’ of complex systems, be they biological, ecological, technological, or social (Wiener [1961] 2019). In the field of ecology, the concept of resilience developed prominently in the 1970s. The Canadian ecologist Crawford S. Holling (1973) hallmarked resilience as bound to environmental change. He emphasised the inherent capacities of ecological systems to absorb change, that is, to remain in their original state of functioning despite unexpected threats (Gunderson, Allen and Holling 2010). The concept of ‘social-ecological resilience’ then understands complex systems as adaptive, persistent, or transformable to their environment. That means that resilience includes adaptability, given that entities are expected to ‘bounce back’, as well as transformability, when they ‘bounce forward’ to create a ‘fundamentally new social-ecological system’ (Folke 2006, 262; Gibson-Graham et al. 2016).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Outside of academia, resilience is especially well known as a policy term that seeks to address the impacts of climate change globally. This is true for resilience programmes of the United Nations Human Settlement Programme, the World Bank, the Asian Development Bank, and of governments and development organisations around the world. Resilience as a policy tool and concept has been often criticised for being overly technocratic and ultimately detached from the socio-cultural specificities of peoples’ lives. That said, there have also been resilience interventions in the realm of disaster management and post-conflict settings that paint a less negative picture. Resilience-oriented policies have helped foster the integration of situated knowledge and complex situations into governance and have provided an opportunity to govern complexity locally (Chandler and Reid 2019; Chandler 2018; Chandler 2014a). An example of ‘best practice’ here is the policy endeavours of international organisations such as the Stockholm Environment Institute&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn2&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref2&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref2&quot;&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;sup&gt;[2]&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/a&gt; that explicitly aim to integrate local knowledge into resilience strategies. The concept can thus make governance more responsive to people’s needs, as it foregrounds adaptation and learning from past interventions. It may even serve an ‘affirmative biopolitics of adaptation’ (Grove 2014, 198) that goes beyond programmes that only superficially help the vulnerable or that even perpetuate &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20neolib&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;neoliberalism&lt;/a&gt; and social insecurity.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;However, as ways of fostering resilience come often in the form of non-participatory policy interventions, technological fixes, and ‘authoritative examinations’ (Eriksen 2021), they risk being based on forms of knowledge and visions of the world that are tacitly imbued with deep-rooted power hierarchies and social inequalities. Resilience-oriented policies can thus have their roots in (post-)&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonial&lt;/a&gt; thought and practice. They often enough maintain prevailing views from countries of the Global North, and they tend to postulate resilience as inherently positive (e.g. Ferguson [1994] 2009; Escobar 1995; Bollig 2014), thus risking perpetuating existing inequalities (e.g. Oliver-Smith 2017; Barrios 2016; Hastrup 2009a). This raises the question of who actually gets to participate in the definition, management, and governance of resilience. Given that even in governance theory and practice neither the concept nor its application are unified, the aim to foster communities’ capacity to deal with disaster risks often opposes divergent worldviews and ways to realise them (Schuller 2016; Barrios 2017a; Faas 2016).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For example, resilience-based policies presuppose knowledge of the nature of disasters and the likelihood of future shocks. They perpetuate claims of knowing how to ‘best’ to deal with disasters that are used to exercise power over communities, countries, and regions by framing them as insecure and unable to tackle adversities in their own ways (e.g. Evans and Reid 2014; Eitel 2022b). Given that resilience policies usually adhere to the Sustainable Development Goals, they often foster the well-known and long-entrenched hegemony of existing power systems. They seem to shift responsibilities to subjects ‘equally’, but in fact disregard their structural oppression and exploitation. Critiques of resilience policies—similar to those of ‘sustainability’— note that the regulation of the subject via resilience policies does not come only from the top down (from government to &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16citizenship&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;citizens&lt;/a&gt;), but that climate responsibilities are distributed in many different ways, for example along aid initiatives or global movements (e.g. Eitel 2022a). Resilience-based policies may also enable the production of a suffering ‘other’, putting responsibility on the shoulders of those who are not the main producers of climate disasters, for example (cf. Todd 2014).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While anthropological interest in resilience as a policy or an analytic concept is relatively recent, the discipline has long been concerned with the question of human adaptation as a driver of social change (e.g. Barth 1967; Ervin 2015). How societies adapt to their environment, and whether they are thereby capable of dealing with adversity, has been a focus of anthropological research for a long time. Social adaptation theories can thus be seen as the antecedent of today’s thinking around resilience. At the same time, adaptation is today understood as an essential feature of resilience.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In anthropology, resilience has developed through three research streams since the 1950s: first, cybernetics created the basis upon which complex systems, be they technical, ecological, social, or psychological, were understood. Cybernetics argued that it was important to think of a circular relationship between units and their ‘outer’ disturbances. Secondly, research on resilience has drawn from the interdisciplinary study of disasters, which scrutinises human responses to ‘catastrophic’ events, from research on psychological responses to shocks, and from Indigenous and local practices of resilience. Lastly, as anthropology begins to study the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; between humans and other species, it illustrates that we must pay greater attention to how human and non-human forms of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24agency&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;agency&lt;/a&gt; intersect.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;history&lt;/a&gt; of anthropological research on resilience shows that we may need to widen our scope when it comes to studying the ‘subjects’ of resilience. Studies of urban resilience that focus on the strategies of entire cities to cope with climate shocks run side-by-side with research on multispecies resilience and studies of small-scale and rural communities. Simultaneously, the field of resilience remains interdisciplinary, drawing mainly on ecology (e.g. Folke 2016); human geography (e.g. Coaffee and Lee 2016; Keck and Sakdapolrak 2013; Sakakibara 2017); and international relations (e.g. Chandler 2014a; 2014b; Chandler and Reid 2019). Although the focus of this entry lies with the achievements of anthropological scholarship, these are frequently subject to interdisciplinary influence and contemporary discourse. &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; research, which relies on participant observation, is particularly well placed to uncover situated knowledge and practices of resilience in different times and places. The situated nature of resilience is not just determined by social groups but also derives from specific social and historical contexts and an interplay of human and non-human actors (cf. Haraway 1988).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It is worth mentioning that the study of resilience is more than a theoretical exercise. It is part of  ‘bringing about [a] transformative epoch via [anthropology’s] unique capacity to identify, track, describe, interpret, and communicate the human predicament’ (Crate 2011, 188). Studying resilience does not just show that different biologically-, socially-, and culturally-informed practices of adapting and responding to disturbances exist. It also tries to ensure that future social change occurs as a result of a reflective and decolonised way of collaborating across different lifeworlds. In doing so, it systematically takes power asymmetries and their roots into account.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Cybernetic studies of adaptation&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Resilience as a concept was strongly influenced by cybernetic thinking, which views the world as a set of interlocking systems that are responsive, adaptive, and related to their environments. Cybernetics, which began to develop in the 1950s as a precursor of systems theory, saw itself as an interdisciplinary effort to capture the complexity of the world through a single ‘metalanguage’. Its goal was to create a universal canon of terms and concepts throughout all academic disciplines, aiming to support greater dialogue between them. Cybernetics thus studied technological, ecological, psychological and social systems by using the same terms. Realised as the research field of control and communication theory, cybernetics emphasised the importance of ‘feedback mechanisms’ (Wiener [1961] 2019, 18). Feedback ensures that any complex system maintains itself by adapting to its environment. ‘Systems’ were understood to comprise a diversity of ‘elements’, or components, which together enacted a functional unit that could either be ‘simple’ and predictable or ‘complex’ and thus self-organised and unpredictable. Systems were always held to stay in equilibrium, despite ’outer’ disturbances. What was astonishingly new and compelling about cybernetics were its attempts to understand such mechanisms of technological, environmental, psychological, and human organisation as non-linear and as being important beyond the individual. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cybernetics included people from all disciplines, especially from physics, mathematics, biology, medicine, sociology, psychology, and economics as well as anthropologists such as Margaret Mead, Gregory Bateson, Clyde Kluckhohn, and Roy Rappaport. Cybernetically-informed anthropological theories of adaptation differed from older adaptation theories rooted in the social Darwinian notion of ‘survival of the fittest’, whose evolutionary conception declared societies successful—in the sense of survival—when they practised the best rational management of resources. Here, adaptation was often considered to be a form of advancement on an evolutionary ladder (e.g. Herzfeld 2006) and the development of cultural practices, such as subsistence activities and rituals, was interpreted as a response to the environment. Cybernetics, on the other hand, focuses on &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; between culture and environment as self-regulating and self-maintaining complex systems. In this regard, cybernetics-informed anthropologists were more interested in the ways that systemic adaptation takes place, through acts of communication, under changing environmental conditions. They were less interested in evolutionary hierarchies or single adaptation processes.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cybernetic thinking was criticised early on for failing to capture ‘social reality [which] could never be simulated in all its complexity’ (Rodin et al. 1978, 747) and for being too focused on adaptation and ‘elements’ rather than flesh and blood humans (Geertz [1963] 2000). Yet, many anthropologists were intrigued by the thought of social phenomena as systems, regulated by circular interactions. An awkward example from these times, which also exemplified cybernetics’ mathematical and mechanical underpinnings, was the example of a thermostat that regulates itself according to its surroundings. The term ‘system’ derives from Greek &lt;em&gt;systēma&lt;/em&gt;, meaning a whole composed of several different members or parts (Liddell and Scott 1940). This fit quite well with the predominant understanding of cultures during the mid-twentieth century, which were deemed to be relatively isolated entities. Margaret Mead’s and Gregory Bateson’s cybernetics-related work had a tremendous influence on communication science, psychology, and subsequent research on psychological trauma (e.g., Wesley-Esquimax 2007, 2009; Kim et al. 2019). For example, Bateson showed how people suffering from schizophrenia were confronted by the dilemma of a double bind—a phenomenon in which people receive conflicting and paradoxical messages or signals and do not know how to respond to them.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;During the sixties, a student of Bateson called Ray A. Rappaport was the first to conduct an encompassing field study of adaptation mechanisms among the Tsembaga Maring, an Indigenous subgroup of Maring-speakers living in the highlands of Papua New Guinea. Rappaport held that cultures were instrumental for the satisfaction of people’s needs, be it through religious, economic, or kinship practices. He therefore argued that Tsembaga rituals were not merely expressive, but helped regulate the group’s population and their relation to the environment (Rappaport 1968, 1971). His argument was backed by the fact that the Tsembaga engaged in the regular ritualistic slaughter of large parts of their pig populations to offer them to the spirits of their ancestors. Such pig sacrifice was associated with the absence of war and with overcoming illness and injury. It was also regulated by ecological factors such as the availability of pig fodder and the given number of pigs. Ecological factors, Rappaport argued, were thus driving ritual activity, which in turn governed peace, war, and human populations.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Consequently, cultures could be seen as systems that self-regulate and adapt to ecological stresses via long-term ritual cycles. In this way, rituals actively reduced the number of possibilities for the system (culture), by limiting the number of fights between different Maring-speaking groups, while ensuring the distribution of surplus pig meat (1971, 60; 1968). In this context, Rappaport defined adaptation as a process ‘by which organisms or groups of organisms, through responsive changes in their own states, structures, or compositions, maintain homeostasis in and among themselves’ (1971, 60). Adaptation took place through ‘enormously complex sets of interlocking feedback loops’ (Rappaport 1971, 75, footnote 9). Yet, ritualistic homeostasis (or balance) was absent in increasingly technological societies and feedback loops were eventually in need of being accurately recognised, monitored, or redirected in order to avoid maladaptation. This is not unusual, as a system is always embedded in its wider socio-ecological context, which can either promote or constrain effective coping (Torry 1979).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rappaport’s work raised the question of how exactly adaptation to the environment became part and parcel of people’s culture (Steward 1972, 328). Julian Steward demonstrated that cultural change is not just dependent on adaptation practices that emerge, for example, through ritual activity, but also on knowledge and technologies that social groups acquire over time. Thus, Steward, who is also known as the founder of the field of ‘cultural ecology’, argued that arid climates and a need for irrigation tended to lead to increased social stratification and, eventually to the development of the state. Environmental adaptation, according to Steward, ultimately resulted in stable ‘core features’ of different cultures. What Rappaport and Stewart share with much early anthropological work on adaptation is the argument that humans adapted to ecological adversities in highly complex and recursive ways, ultimately to ensure the survival of the community as a whole. Second, cybernetically-informed theories of adaptation focused on how people maintain or reverse states of equilibrium that give different cultures their unique ‘core’ characteristics.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Eventually, the early cybernetics-informed adaptation studies were mainly criticised for assuming a stable state of equilibrium to which complex systems automatically bounce back after environmental disturbances. Holling (1973), for example, pointed out that socio-ecological stability is rather dynamic as it maintains the different properties of systems that enable survival. These properties, including stability, variability, persistence, or &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16resistance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resistance&lt;/a&gt;, may change in different ways and times to maintain other properties. One such property that is of special interest is resilience, a ‘measure of persistence’ and the ‘ability to absorb change and disturbance’ (Holling 1973, 14). Interestingly, resilience can be very high &lt;em&gt;because&lt;/em&gt; of the instability of an overall system. For example, the budworm, i.e. a common pest on all kinds of crops, was so persistent in Canada because its population was able to dissolve into smaller parts during disturbances, before re-building in even more adaptive ways than previously. Contrary to Rappaport, who saw homeostatic stability as a desired aim of adaptation after disturbances, Holling understood stability and resilience as distinct from each other and adaptation as one part of resilience. Anthropological insights that communities tend to change dynamically over time further contradicted the assumption of a prior state of stability to which communities are thought to leap back after an environmental shock. The obvious pitfall in considering the ‘adaptive capacities’ of communities is thus to assume from the start that their change serves a certain purpose.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cybernetics scholarship was also criticised for perceiving cultures as systems that automatically remove marginalised groups from &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;history&lt;/a&gt;. Indeed, analysts themselves may contribute to such processes as ‘the actual consequences of their own politics of representation’ (Blaser 2009, 881). Cybernetics often seemed one-dimensional and apolitical because it represented the interests of only one, usually dominant, group and did not take cultural diversity sufficiently into account (e.g. Mandler 2009; Fabian [1983] 2002). Its endeavour to work with a metalanguage and the idea of ‘mechanisms’ that could be found everywhere eventually failed as its findings were hard to generalise. Comparing the organisation and communication of ants with that of Indigenous communities or mechanical-electrical system, for example, meant radically reducing the complexity of humans, non-human life forms, and objects under study. Mathematical models that were frequently used to measure and analyse situations could neither sufficiently illustrate nor anticipate how environmental and social processes interacted (Vayda and McCay 1975).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the upside, cybernetics was one of the first truly interdisciplinary research fields, pre-figuring contemporary game theory, new materialism, systems theory, and much psychological and cognitive work (e.g., Maturana and Varela 1987). However, its failures may be why cybernetically-informed anthropological studies have been largely neglected, even though they contributed significantly to the further development of environmental and ecological anthropology (Hagner, Hörl and Pias 2008). Its approaches to adaptation and resilience assumed a relatively stark dichotomy between systems and their environment, as was common in much of the twentieth century, and one of its main controversies lay in whether nature or culture determined socio-cultural behaviour. As anthropologists learned that cultures were less and less ‘closed entities’ (if ever they had been), they shifted their focus from the question of ‘how’ adaptation works in a scheme of sequential cultural development toward the question of ‘to/for what’ and ‘for whom’ it works. Such questions were investigated in great depth in the interdisciplinary research field of disaster studies that began to develop in particular during the 1970s.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Resilience and disaster studies&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Contemporary work on resilience is greatly inspired by the interdisciplinary research on disasters. Here disasters, risks, and catastrophes tend to be understood as part of larger social and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;historical&lt;/a&gt; processes that reveal certain groups to be more vulnerable than others (e.g. Faas 2016). The anthropologist Roberto E. Barrios, for example, defines catastrophes as&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;rteindent1&quot;&gt;the end result of historical processes by which human practices enhance the materially destructive and socially disruptive capacities of geophysical phenomena, technological malfunctions, and communicable diseases and inequitably distribute disaster risk according to lines of gender, race, class, and ethnicity (2017b, 151).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In this sense, disasters are not isolated events but socio-material phenomena that result from larger and longer processes such as the Industrial Revolution, the rise of capitalism, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20neolib&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;neoliberalism&lt;/a&gt;, or (post-)&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonialism&lt;/a&gt; (e.g. Barrios 2016; Oliver-Smith 2016, 2017; Schuller and Button 2020; Hsu, Howitt and Miller 2015). Anthropological research on disaster response thus focuses on how vulnerability is produced in the first place, and how this vulnerability interacts with disaster risk reduction, response, recovery, and relief (Oliver-Smith and Hoffman [1999] 2020; Hoffman 2017). It has shown that top-down resilience measures can reify a &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ethics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;moral&lt;/a&gt; canon that defines what and who is worthy to be considered to survive in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19anthro&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Anthropocene&lt;/a&gt;. During post-earthquake reconstruction in Haiti, for instance, the NGO-run &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25humanitarianism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;humanitarian&lt;/a&gt; aid system was based on a (post-)colonial politics of vulnerability that portrays people and entire nations as victims in order to legitimise a ‘lack of resilience’ that requires action (Schuller 2016, see also Evans and Reid 2014).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Resilience and vulnerability thus often work together, as vulnerability refers to ‘the characteristics of a person or group and their situation that influence their capacity to anticipate, cope with, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16resistance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resist&lt;/a&gt; and recover from the impact of a natural hazard’ (Wisner et al. 2004, 11). When China&#039;s Sichuan province was hit by a devastating earthquake in 2008, for example, government recovery plans for the Qiang Indigenous community helped perpetuate their political subordination, turning people into ‘passive gift recipients’ (Zhang 2016, 92). The management of disasters by government agencies and recovery experts can thus reinforce vulnerabilities and even create new ones. Moreover, as US government neglect in the recovery of New Orleans from Hurricane Katrina has shown, communities also need to adapt emotionally to catastrophes and recovery programmes. Feelings are critical to people&#039;s experiences of both disaster and recovery, but are all too often left out of planned recovery and post-disaster programs (Barrios 2015, 4), which thereby, again, risks increasing vulnerability. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Neoliberalism plays an important role in co-constructing vulnerability through disaster management. Environmental managers and government actors in a climate vulnerable coastal area in Maryland, for example, considered inhabitants of the Deal Island Peninsula communities to be ‘liabilities’ rather than people maintaining livelihoods in their historic homeland (Johnson et al&lt;em&gt;. &lt;/em&gt;2017; Johnson 2016). As a result of ‘disaster capitalism’, in which environmental crises are used to serve the interests of capital (Faas 2018, 32; Klein 2007), these ‘liabilities’ are subject to programmes that promote entrepreneurship as successful disaster response (Faas 2018). The production of capitalist subjects in the form of entrepreneurs, or ‘petit capitalists’, exposes the limits of much contemporary institutional thinking, which remains unable to go beyond neoliberal disaster response. Capitalist subjects are here produced along with disaster capitalism through an initiation into business management that is intended to contribute to regional recovery. Ultimately, dominant interests provoke visions of the future and ambitions that appear to be local but are imbued with the goals of the neoliberal state. Resilience policies can thus reinforce and perpetuate the vulnerability of groups whilst simultaneously maintaining the very same capitalist dynamics that are responsible for anthropogenic &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21climatechange&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;climate change&lt;/a&gt; and socio-ecological disasters (cf. Wakefield, Grove and Chandler 2020)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Studying the concrete impacts that resilience policies have on particular sites draws attention to the questions: ‘When is resilience achieved for whom?’ and ‘To what extent is it achieved?’ &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; studies have answered these questions by providing insights into lived experiences, strategies, and narratives that circulate ‘on the ground’ and are used, changed, and adapted in relation to environmental changes that require a response (Davidson-Hunt and Berkes 2006, 69; Ingold 2011). Analysing local responses offers fruitful and complementary perspectives to prevailing normative and development-informed visions of resilience (e.g., Rival 2009; Hastrup 2009b; Vium 2009). In the Pacific, for example, people’s political resistance has been shown to be a form of resilience as well as a way of contesting state-led resilience strategies (Dousset and Nayral 2019). Ethnographic research in two East African communities has further identified response diversity as a key driver of resilience. The Ngisonyoka, nomadic herders in Africa’s Great Rift Valley, for example, respond to social and environmental threats through a variety of mechanisms, including group mobility, livestock diversification, and the creation of broad social networks. This variety of activities drives response efficacy, allows social groups to persist, and enables them to limit their impact on the environment (Leslie and McCabe 2013, 128). Lived resilience thus seems to require respect for a variety of practices and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17voice&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;voices&lt;/a&gt; of people living in climate-prone areas (Barrios 2016).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Resilience, therefore, is not static but is rather a result of social learning from previous crises that may become integral to patterns of cultural knowledge. Coping with an individual hazard or disaster, on the other hand, implies short-term decisions in (relatively) new situations. These may or may not be adopted into a cultural canon and manifested in long-term adaptation strategies (Smith 2017; Bennett 1995). Adapting &lt;em&gt;to &lt;/em&gt;something or somebody is tangible both in daily practice and in the space in which it is embedded, for example when regions face severe droughts and dwellers alter their practices of wayfinding through these changed &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16landscape&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;landscapes&lt;/a&gt; (Vium 2009). Adapting &lt;em&gt;for&lt;/em&gt; something or somebody can imply a mode of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21care&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;care&lt;/a&gt; for another future, and care for individual or collective well-being today. Let us now turn toward the small field of anthropological research on psychological resilience.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Psychological resilience&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;How people cope with disasters and crises at a psychological level is a subject of study in interdisciplinary research on psychological resilience, often with roots in Gregory Bateson’s ideas of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21mind&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;mind&lt;/a&gt; ([1972] 2000; [1979] 2002), and in development psychology (e.g., Garmezy 1971, 1991). Psychologists deal with resilience as a personal defence mechanism that can be strengthened and enhanced. The relatively small field of the anthropology of psychological resilience evolved&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn3&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref3&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref3&quot;&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;sup&gt;[3]&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, concentrating on people’s individual life trajectories and on the way communities cultivate resilience as a means to respond more or less successfully to adversities (Wexler 2014, Wexler et al. 2014; Zraly et al. 2011; Obrist and Büchi 2008). These studies often include a focus on political and economic forces of oppression and violence (e.g. Cox 2015; Eggerman and Panter-Brick 2010; Zraly and Nyirazinyoye 2010).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropological scholarship has unveiled, moreover, the insight that resilience in daily life is often reliant upon broader collective memories and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;histories&lt;/a&gt; (e.g. Ungar 2008; Foxen 2010; Lewis 2013, 2018, 2019; Kirmayer et al. 2011; Mullings and Wali 2001). For example, comparative work on trauma diagnosis and treatment among survivors of the 2006 July War in Lebanon and that of Syrian refugees post-2011 shows that suffering is more than just an internalised psychic condition. Instead, suffering can be understood as a constantly shifting subject position in a social context like Lebanon, where violence and aid economies continuously change its nature. Here, the local concept &lt;em&gt;sumud&lt;/em&gt;, which can be translated as psycho-political steadfastness, patience, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16resistance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resistance&lt;/a&gt;, reflects the social contingency of suffering and resilience, as &lt;em&gt;sumud&lt;/em&gt; is subject to constant politically-inflected re-interpretation. Indeed, &lt;em&gt;sumud &lt;/em&gt;can be interpreted as both a form of psychological resilience and ‘a postcolonial tool of resistance, a political movement and an everyday embodied practice’ (Moghnieh 2021, 6). In Afghanistan, resilience is also collectively enacted, and in this case bound to &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16values&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;values&lt;/a&gt; of living an honourable life. Cultural values such as kinship and family honour are essential to maintain ‘a sense of order, hope, and meaning to life’ (Panter-Brick 2014, 442; Eggerman and Panter-Brick 2010). Anthropological studies have thus shown that resilience, tied to wellbeing and health, is undergirded by processes that are far-reaching, harking back to long-gone periods of oppression, such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonialism&lt;/a&gt;, whilst also taking current power structures into account.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In this way, resilience can even be grounded in toxic entanglements between people and chronic economic and political instability. Residents of Mexico City’s working class neighbourhood Colonia Periférico, for example, have been shown to be particularly resilient and maintain power as they decide what ‘outer’ disturbance gets ‘inside’ the body and the mind (Roberts 2017). They may decide to consume sugary and highly processed sodas, some of them traffic drugs and consume marijuana and a glue solvent called &lt;em&gt;activo&lt;/em&gt;, and all of them live with the stench of the neighbourhood’s air pollution. Health workers consider the local consumption of toxic substances to signal the absence of resilience. To them, resilience is grounded in the impermeability of the body. Yet, Elizabeth Roberts (2017) provides an alternative interpretation, showing that people&#039;s toxic entanglements with their environment provides them with moments of social pleasure and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21care&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;care&lt;/a&gt; whilst keeping health workers and the police at bay. The neighbourhood’s reliance on toxic consumption may thus be the source of its resilience.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The link between trauma and resilience has been of particular interest to anthropologists. The study of people in post-apartheid Cape Town and in Brazilian favelas has shown that people are capable of much higher degrees of resilience than &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16citizenship&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;citizens&lt;/a&gt; of the affluent parts of the Global North may imagine (Scheper-Hughes 2008). People are capable of resisting even chronic ‘states of emergency’ and the resulting traumas through survival strategies that include developing values such as strength, toughness, asceticism, stoicism, and even the postponement of motherly love until &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20child&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;children&lt;/a&gt; are likely to survive (Scheper-Hughes 2008, 25). Our psychological response to too much &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18death&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;death&lt;/a&gt; and loss may be that of ‘patient resignation’, subduing both outrage and deep sorrow over human tragedy. In this way, human frailty is compounded by a ‘possibly even bio-evolutionarily derived, certainly historically situated, and culturally elaborated capacity for resilience’ (Scheper-Hughes 2008, 52). It seems that those who suffer from post-traumatic stress disorder and who live through constant crises and terror may normalise suffering as part of building resilience (Scheper-Hughes 2008, 52).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Laying a cornerstone for an understanding of resilience as a feature of daily life based on cultural values and long histories of suffering, many &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; studies shifted the attention toward structural inequalities that determine who ‘is required to survive and even thrive’ (Scheper-Hughes 2008, 37) in times of catastrophic events. The idea that resilience is manifold is also demonstrated by a recent study of cancer patients in Soweto, South Africa. The study focuses on ‘idioms of resilience’, understood as the ‘means of experiencing and expressing positive adaptation and well-being in the midst of adversity’ (Kim et al. 2019, 1). It reveals that idioms of resilience in crisis-ridden Soweto may result in different forms of acceptance (or &lt;em&gt;ukwamukela&lt;/em&gt; in isiZulu). Such acceptance allows people to shift their attention away from their own problems to focus on family, neighbours, and religious life (Kim et al. 2019).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In many of the examples above, resilience is more than a result of historical contingencies. It needs to be understood as a capacity to continue life (Wesley-Esquimaux 2007, 2009). In studying First Nations people in the Americas, the First Nation woman Cynthia Wesley-Equimaux notes that colonisation, discrimination, and marginalisation resulted in the ‘intergenerational transmission of historic trauma’ (Wesley-Esquimaux and Smolewski 2004, iii). These traumatic recollections entered people’s collective memory and were enacted through cultural symbols, rituals, and habits, for example through stories about terror. Eventually, the traumatic experiences became culturally embedded, resulting in repressed feelings of emptiness, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21depression&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;depression&lt;/a&gt;, and numbness, which in turn led to a gradual dissolution of people’s collective identity. First Nation women in particular struggle with these negative, intergenerational experiences as they still strive to do good for their families and communities.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Local knowledge that reflects social realities and historical contingencies provide a more positive angle of viewing resilience as empowerment. Rather than resilience, Wesley-Equimaux (2009, 26) calls for an emphasis on &lt;em&gt;resiliency&lt;/em&gt;, meaning to ‘rebound from challenges one encounters in daily life’. Resiliency refers here to a form of flexibility that enables the reframing of trauma and life narratives by situating them in sociocultural contexts so as to make them ‘re-readable’. Emphasising the positive forces of the term, resiliency avoids seeing people only as ‘suffering subjects’ and as related to deficits but rather as potentially empowering. This approach chimes with what the Māori scholar Mason Durie (2006, 8) claims to be a form of ‘Indigenous resilience’, that is, ‘a reflection of an innate determination by Indigenous peoples to succeed’. His take on resilience provides a viewpoint that does not depict Indigenous people as suffering ‘others’ or negating their historic disadvantages, but that ‘allows the Indigenous challenge to be reconfigured as a search for success rather than an explanation of failure’ (2006, 8). Here and in Wesley-Equimaux’s example, resilience and resiliency have positive connotations, focusing on success, strengths, and empowerment that enable social transformations toward healthier and better futures. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In sum, anthropological research has shown that the ordinariness of suffering cannot be adequately understood without taking into account associated cognitive processes, collective experiences, and traumatic embodiments (cf. Kim et al. 2019). Studying resilience can foreground suffering, but it may also illustrate how humans create ‘well-being rather than survival, salutogenesis rather than pathology, and the promotion of human dignity rather than mere alleviation of human misery’ (Panter-Brick 2014, 438). Because psychological resilience is a necessary precondition for groups to cope well with disturbances, stresses, and violent contingencies such as trauma, it fruitfully ties in with other forms of resilience research (cf. Bollig 2014). However, looking at human responses and adaptation processes is only one way to understand how people and communities respond to threats. A more removed anthropological approach to resilience, which sees communities neither moving ‘back’ nor ‘forward’ to a state of stability, focuses on how prevailing normative notions of resilience themselves are brought about and circulate (e.g. Rose and Lentzos 2017).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;More-than-human resilience&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The divide between nature and culture played a crucial role in the development of early anthropological theories of adaptation. Cybernetic thinking about enclosed elements and systems that were held to be distinct from their outer environments frequently opposed cultures to outside nature. Yet, recent scholarship has demonstrated that the environment is also produced, shaped, and enacted by culture (e.g., Scoones 1999; Ingold 1990; Escobar 1999). Culture and the environment always reproduce each other, for example when biotechnology enables the creation of ‘new’ versions of nature that in turn impact sociocultural processes (Scoones 1999). Given that authors such as Bruno Latour (1993) and Donna J. Haraway (1987) have established that nature and culture are always intertwined as ‘naturecultures’, anthropology has had to rethink the notion of resilience by asking for whom nature exists (Haraway 1987) and through which worldviews it is enacted (Blaser 2013; Jensen 2015). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;By focusing on the production of knowledge and technology, the interdisciplinary research field of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;science&lt;/a&gt; and technology studies (STS) questions, for example, how knowledge about flood resilience results from the interplay of many kinds of human and non-human actors, such as mangroves and satellite images. This connectedness of actors across boundaries of nature and culture means that multispecies studies of resilience have become more important. &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; research now focuses on humans as much as &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18animals&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;animals&lt;/a&gt;, plants, and technologies and their interferences with each other to understand how resilience is enacted (e.g., Chao 2022; Willerslev 2009). The indigenous Yanyuwa of Northern Australia, for example, remain resilient in the face of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;postcolonial&lt;/a&gt; and other forms of violence by building a myriad of relationships. They ‘keep company’ with the land, with non-human species, and with their ancestors to deal with adversity (Kearney 2022). They create resilience by practising ‘a multidimensional art of relating’, despite postcolonial and on-going violence. The Iñupiat of Arctic Alaska are also able to survive in a difficult environment marked by &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21climatechange&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;climate change&lt;/a&gt; through resiliency that is grounded in deep knowledge about entities and species on land, in &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19water&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;water&lt;/a&gt;, and in the sky (Sakakibara 2020). They have developed an intimate, spiritual, and intense relationship with bowhead whales, mythical creatures that have a decisive impact on their social lives. Storytelling, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25dance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;dancing&lt;/a&gt;, drumming, and political engagement linked to the whales all help the Iñupiat foster notions of reciprocity and respect and respond to climate change in a constructive manner (see also Herman 2016).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Focusing on &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ontology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ontologies&lt;/a&gt; is particularly fruitful when studying resilience, whether these are culturally specific and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relational&lt;/a&gt;, as in the Yanyuwa and the Iñupiat examples above, or more practical in nature (Gad, Jensen and Winthereik 2015; Jensen 2021). The practical ontologies of floods, for instance, uncovers different worldviews by different actors at stake in flood protection: policy actors may perceive flood protection as an opportunity to form urban space and implement technological mega-projects; fish may identify it as a danger given that  submerging the sediment that causes floods reduces their living space; while dwellers of the affected region may consider it as a mundane situation, and nothing to get stressed about.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;STS-inspired anthropological scholarship has illuminated that technologies based on a ‘modern’ ontology marked by a belief in progress and the human domination of nature play a significant role in how resilience is imagined and implemented. This ontology lies at the heart of technological fixes as the single solution to combat climate change. In south-west Bangladesh, for example, climate-smart &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19home&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;houses&lt;/a&gt; are meant to protect inhabitants against cyclones and flooding while supporting an efficient use of water and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24energy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;energy&lt;/a&gt; (Cons 2018). While such techno-fixes turn out to be inherently exclusionary for most of the population, they tend to gain praise in policy circles around the world. In this instance, resilience policies produce new patterns of exploitation and expropriation by holding locals in climate-insecure places (Cons 2021). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Conceiving of resilience as a more-than-human endeavour, and paying close attention to spatially and temporally wide-ranging relationships, enables researchers to see the concept in a new light, without thereby losing sight of important existing inequalities and discriminations along the lines of class and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnic&lt;/a&gt; groups. At the same time, anthropological scholarship demonstrates ‘alternative’ ways of dealing with crises that are either based on long-established relationships to the environment, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;histories&lt;/a&gt; of oppression and suffering, or on approved methods for coping with crises. The question of whether a community ‘possesses’ or ‘obtains the capacity’ for resilience often gives way to deciphering multiple existing modes of resiliency. Given that the impacts of climate change, even if not locally caused, are unfolding locally, more-than-human resilience must be also considered in relation to land, heritage, and experiences of oppression and discrimination.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conclusion&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Contemporary resilience research is rooted in the fields of cybernetics, disaster studies, and psychology as well as in STS and multispecies research. Anthropologists understand resilience primarily relationally as a practice and as historically and culturally situated. Much &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; work on resilience shows that it is dynamic in character and multiple in form, as well as being shaped by constantly shifting socio-material circumstances and multiple power constellations.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Studies of resilience based on anthropological research have provided significant insights for understanding socio-ecological phenomena and human-environment relationships. They show that people’s everyday coping practices can transform into adaptive strategies developed in relation to highly specific environmental situations. They also foreground the diversity of thoughts, worldviews, rituals, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt;, and practical skills required by communities to deal with hazards, creeping environmental change, and psychological disasters. Ethnographic studies of lived resilience tend to challenge prevailing notions of how to deal with adversities by including alternative, situated definitions to the vocabulary of anthropogenic disaster. Examining lived resilience should be as much the focus of future study as examining prevailing knowledge formations that emerge through resilience policies or prevention and recovery programs.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropology’s critical stance &lt;em&gt;vis-à-vis &lt;/em&gt;state- and market-friendly resilience policies and programs stems from the insight that local resilience practices emerge as much in reaction to shocks and ‘slow disasters’, as they do in response to political and socioeconomic interventions along hegemonic and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;postcolonial&lt;/a&gt; lines. Everyday resilience reveals systematic subjugation and discrimination, for example through disaster aid programs that perpetuate vulnerability. It points to imposed politics of vulnerability, disaster capitalism, and invisible violence that run along demarcation lines of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;race&lt;/a&gt;, gender, class, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnicity&lt;/a&gt;. In this way, everyday resilience frequently includes and creates more-than-human lifeworlds that span across multiple timeframes, spaces, and sociocultural areas.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;One question for future research may then be not what resilience &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt;, but when and how it is socioculturally produced. To what does it refer—as a way of dealing with historical legacies, current adversities, and future uncertainties–and for what is it used? Is resilience built to deal with unexpected shocks (e.g., earthquakes), expected situations (e.g., droughts or floods), or also potential futures (e.g., hurricanes or &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22pandemics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;pandemics&lt;/a&gt;)? Is resilience capable of coping with perfectly unexpected disasters that might ‘break in’? These are questions that need to be further explored, accompanied by an interest in practices of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21care&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;care&lt;/a&gt; and relationality that benefit not only human beings but also their companion species and wider environments. Anthropology shows that resilience is not inherently grounded in deficits and suffering but that it also illustrates an astounding degree of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24agency&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;agency&lt;/a&gt; and creativity that humans and nonhumans who strive to remain resilient display in the process. As such, the study of resilience has the potential to unpack multiple forms of responses to adversity. Something we can all learn from.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Barrios, Roberto E. 2016. “Resilience: A commentary from the vantage point of anthropology.” &lt;em&gt;Annals of Anthropological Practice&lt;/em&gt; 40, no. 1: 28–38. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1111/napa.12085&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1111/napa.12085&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2017a. &lt;em&gt;Governing affect: Neoliberalism and disaster reconstruction. &lt;/em&gt;Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2017b. “What does catastrophe reveal for whom? The anthropology of crises and disasters at the onset of the Anthropocene.” &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 46, no. 1: 151–66. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-anthro-102116-041635&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-anthro-102116-041635&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Barth, Fredrik. 1967. “On the study of social change.” &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist&lt;/em&gt; 69, no. 6: 661–9.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bateson, Gregory. (1972) 2000. &lt;em&gt;Steps to an ecology of mind&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. (1979) 2002. &lt;em&gt;Mind and nature: A necessary unity&lt;/em&gt;. Cresskill, N.J.: Hampton Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bennett, John W. 1995. &lt;em&gt;Human ecology as human behavior: Essays in environmental and developmental anthropology. &lt;/em&gt;Somerset: Taylor and Francis.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Blaser, Mario. 2009. “Political ontology.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Studies&lt;/em&gt; 23, no. 5-6: 873–96. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1080/09502380903208023&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1080/09502380903208023&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2013. “Notes towards a political ontology of ‘environmental’ conflicts.” In &lt;em&gt;Contested ecologies: Dialogues in the South on nature and knowledge&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Lesley Green, 13–27. Cape Town: HSRC Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bollig, Michael. 2014. “Resilience: Analytical tool, bridging concept or development goal? Anthropological perspectives on the use of a border object.” &lt;em&gt;Zeitschrift für Ethnologie&lt;/em&gt; 139: 253–79.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Chandler, David. 2014a. &lt;em&gt;Resilience: The governance of complexity&lt;/em&gt;. Abingdon: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2014b. “Beyond neoliberalism: Resilience, the new art of governing complexity.” &lt;em&gt;Resilience&lt;/em&gt; 2, no. 1: 47–63. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1080/21693293.2013.878544&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1080/21693293.2013.878544&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2018. &lt;em&gt;Ontopolitics in the Anthropocene: An introduction to mapping, sensing and hacking&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Chandler, David, and Julian Reid. 2019. &lt;em&gt;Becoming indigenous: Governing imaginaries in the Anthropocene&lt;/em&gt;. London: Rowman &amp;amp; Littlefield International.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Chao, Sophie. 2022. “Bouncing back? Kangaroo-human resistance in contemporary Australia.” &lt;em&gt;Environment and Planning E: Nature and Space&lt;/em&gt; 6, no. 1. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1177/25148486221084194&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1177/25148486221084194&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Coaffee, Jon, and Peter Lee. 2016. &lt;em&gt;Urban resilience: Planning for risk, crisis and uncertainty&lt;/em&gt;. London: Palgrave.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cons, Jason. 2018. “Staging climate security: Resilience and heterodystopia in the Bangladesh borderlands.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 33, no. 2: 266–94. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.14506/ca33.2.08&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.14506/ca33.2.08&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2021. “Ecologies of capture in Bangladesh&#039;s Sundarbans.” &lt;em&gt;American Ethnologist&lt;/em&gt; 48, no. 3: 245–59. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1111/amet.13022&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1111/amet.13022&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Crate, Susan A. 2011. “Climate and culture: Anthropology in the era of contemporary climate change.” &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 40, no. 1: 175–94. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.anthro.012809.104925&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.anthro.012809.104925&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Davidson-Hunt, Iain J., and Fikret Berkes. 2006. “Nature and society through the lens of resilience: Toward a human-in-ecosystem perspective.” In &lt;em&gt;Navigating social-ecological systems: Building resilience for complexity and change&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Fikret Berkes, 53–82. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dousset, Laurent, and Mélissa Nayral, eds. 2019. &lt;em&gt;Pacific realities: Changing perspectives on resilience and resistance&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Berghahn.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Durie, Mason. “Indigenous resilience: From disease to disadvantage to the realization of potential.” Paper presented at the Pacific Region Indigenous Doctors Congress, Rotorua, New Zealand, 7 December 2006.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Eggerman, Mark, and Catherine Panter-Brick. 2010. “Suffering, hope, and entrapment: Resilience and cultural values in Afghanistan.” &lt;em&gt;Social Science &amp;amp; Medicine&lt;/em&gt; 71: 71–83.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Eitel, Kathrin. 2022a. “Reshuffling responsibility: Waste, environmental justice and urban citizenship in Cambodia.” &lt;em&gt;Worldwide Waste: Journal of Interdisciplinary Studies&lt;/em&gt; 5, no. 1: 1-13. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.5334/wwwj.87&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.5334/wwwj.87&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2022b. &lt;em&gt;Recycling infrastructures in Cambodia: Circularity, waste and urban life in Phnom Penh&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Eriksen, Thomas Hylland. (2021) 2023. “ Climate change.” In &lt;em&gt;The Open Encyclopedia of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Felix Stein. Facsimile of the first edition in &lt;em&gt;The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.29164/21climatechange&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.29164/21climatechange&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ervin, Alexander. 2015. &lt;em&gt;Cultural transformations and globalization: Theory, development and social change&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Escobar, Arturo. 1995. &lt;em&gt;Encountering development: The making and unmaking of the Third World&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: Princeton University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 1999. “After nature.” &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 40, no. 1: 1–30. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1086/515799&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1086/515799&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Evans, Brad, and Julian Reid. 2014. &lt;em&gt;Resilient life: The art of living dangerously&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: Polity.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Faas, A. J. 2016. “Disaster vulnerability in anthropological perspective.” &lt;em&gt;Annals of Anthropological Practice&lt;/em&gt; 40, no. 1: 14–27. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1111/napa.12084&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1111/napa.12084&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2018. “Petit capitalisms in disaster, or the limits of neoliberal imagination: Displacement, recovery, and opportunism in Highland Ecuador.” &lt;em&gt;Economic Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 5, no. 1: 32–44. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1002/sea2.12100&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1002/sea2.12100&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fabian, Johannes. (1983) 2002. &lt;em&gt;Time and the other: How anthropology makes its object&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Columbia University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ferguson, James. (1994) 2009. &lt;em&gt;The anti-politics machine: “Development,” depoliticization, and bureaucratic power in Lesotho. &lt;/em&gt;Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Folke, Carl. 2006. “Resilience: The emergence of a perspective for social–ecological systems analyses.” &lt;em&gt;Global Environmental Change&lt;/em&gt; 16, no. 3: 253–67. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2006.04.002&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2006.04.002&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. “Resilience (republished).” &lt;em&gt;Ecology &amp;amp; Society&lt;/em&gt; 21, no. 4. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-09088-210444&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-09088-210444&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Foxen, Patricia. 2010. “Local narratives of distress and resilience: Lessons in psychosocial wellbeing among the K’iche’Maya in postwar Guatemala.” &lt;em&gt;The Journal of Latin American and Caribbean Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 15: 66–89.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gad, Christopher, Casper Bruun Jensen, and Brit Ross Winthereik. 2015. “Practical ontology: Worlds in STS and anthropology.” &lt;em&gt;NatureCulture &lt;/em&gt;3: 67–86.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Garmezy, Norman. 1971. “Vulnerability research and the issue of primary prevention.” &lt;em&gt;American Journal of Orthopsychiatry&lt;/em&gt; 41: 101–16.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 1991. “Resilience in children’s adaptation to negative life events and stressed environments.” &lt;em&gt;Pediatrics&lt;/em&gt; 20: 459–466.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Geertz, Clifford. (1963) 2000. &lt;em&gt;Agricultural involution: The process of ecological change in Indonesia. &lt;/em&gt;Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gibson-Graham, J. K.; Hill, Ann; Law, Lisa. 2016. “Re-embedding economies in ecologies: resilience building in more than human communities.” &lt;em&gt;Building Research &amp;amp; Information&lt;/em&gt; 44, no. 7: 703–16. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1080/09613218.2016.1213059&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1080/09613218.2016.1213059&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Grove, Kevin. 2014. “Biopolitics and adaptation: Governing socio-ecological contingency through climate change and disaster studies.” &lt;em&gt;Geography Compass&lt;/em&gt; 8, no. 3: 198–210.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gunderson, Lance H., Craig R. Allen, and Crawford S. Holling, eds. 2010. &lt;em&gt;Foundations of ecological resilience. &lt;/em&gt;Washington, D.C.: Island Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hagner, Michael, Erich Hörl, and Claus Pias, eds. 2008. &lt;em&gt;Die Transformation des Humanen: Beiträge zur Kulturgeschichte der Kybernetik. &lt;/em&gt;Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Haraway, Donna J. 1987. “A manifesto for cyborgs: Science, technology, and socialist feminism in the 1980s.” &lt;em&gt;Australian Feminist Studies&lt;/em&gt; 2, no. 4: 1–42. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1080/08164649.1987.9961538&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1080/08164649.1987.9961538&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 1988. “Situated knowledges: The science question in feminism and the privilege of partial perspective.” &lt;em&gt;Feminist Studies&lt;/em&gt; 14, no. 3: 575–99. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.2307/3178066&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.2307/3178066&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hastrup, Kirsten, ed. 2009a. &lt;em&gt;The question of resilience: Social responses to climate change. &lt;/em&gt;Copenhagen: The Royal Danish Academy of Sciences and Letters.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2009b. “Arctic hunters: Climate variability and social flexibility.” In &lt;em&gt;The question of resilience: Social responses to climate change&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Kirsten Hastrup, 245–70. Copenhagen: The Royal Danish Academy of Sciences and Letters.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Herman, Agatha. 2016. “‘More-than-human’ resilience(s)? Enhancing community in Finnish forest farms.” &lt;em&gt;Geoforum&lt;/em&gt; 69: 34–43. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.geoforum.2015.12.005&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.geoforum.2015.12.005&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Herzfeld, Michael. 2006. &lt;em&gt;Anthropology: Theoretical practice in culture and society. &lt;/em&gt;Malden, Mass.: Blackwell.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hoffmann, Susanna M. 2017. “Disasters and their impact: A fundamental feature of environment.” In &lt;em&gt;Routledge handbook of environmental anthropology&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Anthony Oliver-Smith, 193–206. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Holling, C. S. 1973. “Resilience and stability of ecological systems.” &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics &lt;/em&gt;4, no. 1: 1–23. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.es.04.110173.000245&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.es.04.110173.000245&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hsu, Minna, Richard Howitt, and Fiona Miller. 2015. “Procedural vulnerability and institutional capacity deficits in post-disaster recovery and reconstruction: Insights from Wutai Rukai experiences of Typhoon Morakot.” &lt;em&gt;Human Organization&lt;/em&gt; 74, no. 4: 308–18. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.17730/0018-7259-74.4.308&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.17730/0018-7259-74.4.308&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ingold, Tim. 1990. “An anthropologist looks at biology”. &lt;em&gt;Man&lt;/em&gt; 25: 208–29.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. (2000) 2011. &lt;em&gt;The perception of the environment: Essays on livelihood, dwelling and skill. &lt;/em&gt;Reissued with new preface. London: Routledge. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jensen, Casper Bruun. 2015. “Experimenting with political materials: Environmental infrastructures and ontological transformations.” &lt;em&gt;Distinktion: Journal of Social Theory&lt;/em&gt; 16, no. 1: 17–30. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1080/1600910X.2015.1019533&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1080/1600910X.2015.1019533&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2021. “Practical ontologies redux.” &lt;em&gt;Berliner Blätter&lt;/em&gt; 84: 93–104. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.18452/22974&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.18452/22974&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Johnson, Katherine J. “Resilience to climate change: An ethnographic approach.” PhD dissertation, University of Maryland. 2016. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.13016/M2G22F&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.13016/M2G22F&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Johnson, Katherine J., Brian Needelman, and Michael Paolisso. 2017. “Vulnerability and resilience to climate change in a rural coastal community.” In &lt;em&gt;Responses to disasters and climate change: Understanding vulnerability and fostering resilience&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Michèle Companion and Miriam S. Chaiken, 1–14. New York: CRC Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kearney, Amanda. 2022. &lt;em&gt;Keeping company: An anthropology of being-in-relation. &lt;/em&gt;Abingdon: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Keck, Markus, and Patrick Sakdapolrak. 2013. “What is social resilience? Lessons learned and ways forward.” &lt;em&gt;Erdkunde &lt;/em&gt;67, no. 1: 5–19. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.3112/erdkunde.2013.01.02&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.3112/erdkunde.2013.01.02&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kim, Andrew Wooyoung, Bonnie Kaiser, Edna Bosire, Katelyn Shahbazian, and Emily Mendenhall. 2019. “Idioms of resilience among cancer patients in urban South Africa: An anthropological heuristic for the study of culture and resilience.” &lt;em&gt;Transcultural Psychiatry&lt;/em&gt; 56, no. 4: 720–47.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Klein, Naomi. 2007. &lt;em&gt;The shock doctrine: The rise of disaster capitalism&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Metropolitan Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Latour, Bruno. 1993. &lt;em&gt;We have never been modern. &lt;/em&gt;Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Leslie, Paul, and J. Terrence McCabe. 2013. “Response diversity and resilience in social-ecological systems.” &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 54, no. 2: 114–43. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1086/669563&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1086/669563&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lewis, Sara E. 2013. “Trauma and the making of flexible minds in the Tibetan exile community.” &lt;em&gt;Ethos&lt;/em&gt;, 41: 313–36.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2018. “Resilience, agency, and everyday lojong in the Tibetan diaspora.” &lt;em&gt;Contemporary Buddhism: An Interdisciplinary Journal&lt;/em&gt; 19: 342–61.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2019. &lt;em&gt;Spacious minds: Trauma and resilience in Tibetan Buddhism&lt;/em&gt;. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Liddell, Henry George, and Robert Scott. 1940. &lt;em&gt;A Greek-English Lexicon. &lt;/em&gt;Oxford: Clarendon Press. Available online. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.04.0057%3Aentry%3Dsu%2Fsthma&quot;&gt;http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.04.0057%3Aentry%3Dsu%2Fsthma&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mandler, Peter. 2009. “One world, many cultures: Margaret Mead and the limits to Cold War anthropology.” &lt;em&gt;History Workshop Journal&lt;/em&gt; 68: 149–72. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1093/hwj/dbp008&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1093/hwj/dbp008&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Maturana, Humberto R., and Francisco J. Varela. (1987) 1992. &lt;em&gt;The tree of knowledge: The biological roots of human understanding. &lt;/em&gt;Revised edition. Boston: Shambala Publications.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Moghnieh, Lamia Mounir. 2021. “Infrastructures of suffering: Trauma, sumud and the politics of violence and aid in Lebanon.” &lt;em&gt;Medicine Anthropology Theory&lt;/em&gt; 8, no. 1: 1–26. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.17157/mat.8.1.5091&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.17157/mat.8.1.5091&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mullings, Leith and Alaka Wali. 2001. &lt;em&gt;Stress and resilience: The social context of reproduction in central Harlem&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Plenum Publishers.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Obrist, Birgit, and Silvia Büchi. 2008. “Stress as an idiom for resilience: Health and migration among sub-Saharan Africans in Switzerland.” &lt;em&gt;Anthropology &amp;amp; Medicine&lt;/em&gt;, 15: 251–61.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Oliver-Smith, Anthony. 2016. “Disaster risk reduction and applied anthropology.” &lt;em&gt;Annals of Anthropological Practice&lt;/em&gt; 40, no. 1: 73–85. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1111/napa.12089&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1111/napa.12089&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2017. “Adaptation, vulnerability, and resilience: Contested concepts in the anthropology of climate change.” In &lt;em&gt;Routledge handbook of environmental anthropology&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Anthony Oliver-Smith, 206–19. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Oliver-Smith, Anthony, ed. 2017. &lt;em&gt;Routledge handbook of environmental anthropology&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Oliver-Smith, Anthony, and Susannah M. Hoffman, eds. (1999) 2020. &lt;em&gt;The angry earth: Disaster in anthropological perspective. &lt;/em&gt;Second edition. Abingdon: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Panter-Brick, Catherine. 2014. “Health, risk, and resilience: Interdisciplinary concepts and applications.” &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 43, no. 1: 431–48. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-anthro-102313-025944&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-anthro-102313-025944&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rappaport, Roy A. 1968. &lt;em&gt;Pigs for the ancestors: Ritual in the ecology of a New Guinea people. &lt;/em&gt;New Haven: Yale University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 1971. “Ritual, sanctity, and cybernetics.” &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist&lt;/em&gt; 73, no. 1: 59–76. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1525/aa.1971.73.1.02a00050&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1525/aa.1971.73.1.02a00050&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Roberts, Elizabeth F. S. 2017. “What gets inside: Violent entanglements and toxic boundaries in Mexico City.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 32, no. 4: 592–619.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rodin, Miriam, Karen Michaelson, Gerald M. Britan, A. de Ruijter, James Dow, Julio César Espínola, Sue-Ellen Jacobs et al. 1978. “Systems theory in anthropology [and comments and reply].” &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 19, no. 4: 747–62. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1086/202196&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1086/202196&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rose, Nikolas, and Filippa Lentzos. 2017. “One: Making us resilient.” In &lt;em&gt;Competing responsibilities: The ethics and politics of contemporary life&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Susanna Trnka and Catherine Trundle, 25–48. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rival, Laura. 2009. “The resilience of Indigenous intelligence.” In &lt;em&gt;The question of resilience: Social responses to climate change&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Kirsten Hastrup, 293–313. Copenhagen: The Royal Danish Academy of Sciences and Letters.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sakakibara, Chie. 2017. “People of the whales: Climate change and cultural resilience among Iñupiat of Arctic Alaska.” &lt;em&gt;Geographical Review&lt;/em&gt; 107, no. 1: 159–84. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1931-0846.2016.12219.x&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1931-0846.2016.12219.x&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2020. &lt;em&gt;Whale snow: Iñupiat, climate change, and multispecies resilience in Arctic Alaska. &lt;/em&gt;Tucson: The University of Arizona Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Schuller, Mark. 2016. &lt;em&gt;Humanitarian aftershocks in Haiti. &lt;/em&gt;New Brunswick: Rutgers University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Schuller, Mark, and Gregory Button. 2020. &lt;em&gt;Contextualizing disaster. &lt;/em&gt;New York: Berghahn Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Scoones, Ian. 1999. “New ecology and the social sciences: What prospects for a fruitful engagement?” &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 28, no. 1: 479–507. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.anthro.28.1.479&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.anthro.28.1.479&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Scheper-Hughes, Nancy. 2008. “A talent for life: Reflections on human vulnerability and resilience.” &lt;em&gt;Ethnos&lt;/em&gt; 73, no. 1: 25–56.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Steward, Julian H. 1972. &lt;em&gt;Theory of culture change: The methodology of multilinear evolution. &lt;/em&gt;Urbana: University of Illinois Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Torry, William I. 1979. “Anthropological studies in hazardous environments: Past trends and new horizons [and comments and reply].” &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 20, no. 3: 517–40. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.jstor.org/stable/2742110&quot;&gt;http://www.jstor.org/stable/2742110&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Vium, Christian. 2009. “Nomad_scapes: Mobility and wayfinding as resilience among nomadic pastoralists in the Islamic Republic of Mauritania.” In &lt;em&gt;The question of resilience:  Social responses to climate change&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Kirsten Hastrup, 178–96. Copenhagen: The Royal Danish Academy of Sciences and Letters.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wakefield, Stephanie, Kevin Grove and David Chandler. 2020. “Introduction: The power of life”. In &lt;em&gt;Resilience in the Anthropocene&lt;/em&gt;, edited by David Chandler, Kevin Grove, Stephanie Wakefield. London: Routledge. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wesley-Esquimaux, Cynthia C. 2007. “The intergenerational transmission of historic trauma and grief.” &lt;em&gt;Indigenous Affairs&lt;/em&gt; 4, no. 7: 6–11.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2009. “Trauma to resilience: Notes on decolonization.” In &lt;em&gt;Restoring the balance: First Nations women, community, and culture&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Gail Guthrie Valaskakis, Madeleine Dion Stout and Eric Guimond, 13–34. Winnipeg: University of Manitoba Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wesley-Esquimaux, Cynthia C., and Magdalena Smolewski. 2004. &lt;em&gt;Historic trauma and aboriginal healing&lt;/em&gt;. Ottawa: Aboriginal Healing Foundation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wexler, Lisa. 2014. “Looking across three generations of Alaska Natives to explore how culture fosters indigenous resilience.” &lt;em&gt;Transcultural psychiatry&lt;/em&gt; 51, no. 1: 73–92. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1177/1363461513497417&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1177/1363461513497417&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wexler, Lisa; Joule, Linda; Garoutte, Joe; Mazziotti, Janet; Hopper, Kim. 2014. “‘Being responsible, respectful, trying to keep the tradition alive’: Cultural resilience and growing up in an Alaska Native community.” &lt;em&gt;Transcultural psychiatry&lt;/em&gt; 51, no. 5: 693–712. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1177/1363461513495085&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1177/1363461513495085&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wiener, Norbert. (1961) 2019. &lt;em&gt;Cybernetics or control and communication in the animal and the machine. &lt;/em&gt;Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Willerslev, Rane. 2009. “Hunting the elk by imitating the reindeer: A critical approach to ecological anthropology and the problems of adaptation and resilience among hunter-gatherers.” In &lt;em&gt;The question of resilience: Social responses to climate change&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Kirsten Hastrup, 271–92. Copenhagen: The Royal Danish Academy of Sciences and Letters.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wisner, Ben, Piers Blaikie, Terry Cannon, and Ian Davis. 2004. &lt;em&gt;At risk: Natural hazards, people’s vulnerability and disasters&lt;/em&gt;. Second edition. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Zhang, Qiaoyun. 2016. “Disaster response and recovery: Aid and social change.” &lt;em&gt;Annals of Anthropological Practice&lt;/em&gt; 40, no. 1: 86–97. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1111/napa.12090&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1111/napa.12090&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Zraly, Maggie and Laetitia Nyirazinyoye. 2010. “Don’t let the suffering make you fade away: An ethnographic study of resilience among survivors of genocide-rape in southern Rwanda.” &lt;em&gt;Social Science &amp;amp; Medicine&lt;/em&gt; 70: 1656–64.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note on contributor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kathrin Eitel is a cultural anthropologist and feminist STS scholar whose ethnographic research is pivoting around environmental disasters such as the exuberant occurrence of synthetic waste in urban Cambodia and the recurrences of floods in lower Vietnam. She is interested in situated resilience practices and the impact of worldviews that circulate along deeply rooted infrastructures of power, materialising in development policies and technological fixes. Eitel is the author of &lt;em&gt;Recycling infrastructures in Cambodia: Circularity, waste, and urban life in Phnom Penh&lt;/em&gt; (2022, Routledge).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Kathrin Eitel, Department of Social Anthropology and Cultural Studies, University of Zurich, Switzerland. Email: kathrin.eitel@posteo.de, Website: &lt;/em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.kathrineitel.com&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;www.kathrineitel.com&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;em&gt;, ORCID: 0000-0001-8200-9495.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div&gt;
&lt;hr align=&quot;left&quot; size=&quot;1&quot; width=&quot;33%&quot; /&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn1&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref1&quot; name=&quot;_ftn1&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn1&quot;&gt;[1]&lt;/a&gt; &lt;em&gt;Oxford English Dictionary&lt;/em&gt;. 2022. “resilience, n.”. &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.oed.com/view/Entry/163619?redirectedFrom=resilience&quot;&gt;https://www.oed.com/view/Entry/163619?redirectedFrom=resilience&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn2&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref2&quot; name=&quot;_ftn2&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn2&quot;&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;sup&gt;[2]&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/a&gt; Stockholm Environment Institute. “About.” &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.sei.org/about-sei/&quot;&gt;https://www.sei.org/about-sei/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn3&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref3&quot; name=&quot;_ftn3&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn3&quot;&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;sup&gt;[3]&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/a&gt; For an extensive overview, see Panter-Brick (2014).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</description>
 <pubDate>Fri, 31 Mar 2023 17:20:11 +0000</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>Rebecca Tishler</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">2005 at https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com</guid>
</item>
<item>
 <title>Ethnicity</title>
 <link>https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/entry/ethnicity</link>
 <description>&lt;div class=&quot;image&quot;&gt;&lt;img typeof=&quot;foaf:Image&quot; src=&quot;https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/sites/www.anthroencyclopedia.com/files/styles/full-article-style/public/ethnicity_flavour.jpg?itok=RBR5424x&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-media-credits field-type-text-long field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;p&gt;&#039;Ethnic flavour&#039; potato chips in a supermarket in Kathmandu, Nepal. Photo: Sara Shneiderman, 2003&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-entry-tags field-type-taxonomy-term-reference field-label-hidden field-wrapper clearfix&quot;&gt;&lt;ul class=&quot;links&quot;&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-0&quot; class=&quot;field-item even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/colonialism&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Colonialism&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-1&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/culture&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Culture&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-2&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/indigeneity&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Indigeneity&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-3&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/neoliberalism&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Neoliberalism&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-4&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/personhood&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Personhood&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-5&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/race-ethnicity&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Race &amp;amp; Ethnicity&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-author field-type-entityreference field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/sara-shneiderman&quot;&gt;Sara Shneiderman &lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/emily-amburgey&quot;&gt;Emily Amburgey&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-university-name field-type-text field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;University of British Columbia&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-publication-date field-type-computed field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;
   &lt;div class=&quot;date-in-parts&quot;&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;title&quot;&gt;Initially published &lt;span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;day&quot;&gt;22&lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;month&quot;&gt;Aug &lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;year&quot;&gt;2022&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-doi-link field-type-link-field field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-abstract field-type-text-long field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Abstract:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ethnicity is a concept that marks social belonging as much as it does difference, and that lies at the heart of political debates as well as debates across academic disciplines today. Rooted in the ancient Greek &lt;/em&gt;ethnos&lt;em&gt;, the term is popularly understood as ‘people’ or ‘nation’. It entered public discourse in the US and Europe as early as the 1940s, but only gained significant traction by the 1960s. Emerging as an important frame for anthropological research during the same time period, ethnicity was initially seen as a terminological shift away from loaded, biologically-based concepts such as ‘tribe’ and ‘race’. This made it a potentially more accurate and productive lens through which to understand sociocultural diversity. Yet ‘ethnicity’ also retained associations with primordial forms of group identification, therefore gaining a prominent place within exclusivist nationalist discourses as well as mobilisations of multiculturalism around the world.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;This entry shows how understandings of ethnicity have changed over time, and that both structural and affective features continue to define what ethnicity may be in any given context. It highlights the ways in which groups use and embody their ethnicity as a category of their identity, and that ethnicity overlaps with related understandings of identity such as ‘Indigeneity’, ‘nationality’, and ‘tribe’. Recent scholarship has criticised associations between being ‘ethnic’ and being a ‘minority’ to explore the political consequences of ethnic labels, which can serve as tools of both social change and discrimination. The anthropological study of ethnicity shows that ethnic labels are constructed, used, and understood differently by communities, political actors (both state and non-state), and scholars. It also shows that shifting claims over ethnic categories connect to broader debates surrounding authenticity, recognition, and social belonging. Lastly, this entry illustrates that anthropological scholarship has evolved alongside such political claims, and needs to account for their dynamic and often paradoxical outcomes.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;body field&quot;&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Introduction&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ethnicity is one domain of identity: an affective and structural &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21socialrepro&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;production&lt;/a&gt; of social belonging. The concept of ethnicity has two closely related primary meanings. The first is often used at the subjective, individual level to define identity: ‘my ethnicity is …’ This usage denotes the inherent connection between the individual and a larger group based upon a mutual recognition of shared origins and descent, as well as shared cultural practices and political projects of community building. In this sense, ethnicity is often understood as a contemporary successor of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonial&lt;/a&gt; term ‘&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16tribe&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;tribe&lt;/a&gt;’, as it refers to ostensibly singular collectivities produced through shared beliefs and practices. The second meaning is an analytical one which defines ethnicity as a social and political structure, a relational system produced through interaction &lt;em&gt;between&lt;/em&gt; groups within local, national, transnational, or other overarching frameworks for identification. In this sense, ethnicity departs from ‘tribe’ by situating groups in relation to each other. Both meanings of ethnicity refer to the production of identity as a mutually entangled process of meaning-making, which fuses individual and collective elements of belonging.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ethnicity can be both a tool of social transformation and a weapon of discrimination, depending upon context. Anthropologists have long criticised interpretations of the term that take group characteristics as inherent and objectively real (often referred to as ‘primordialist’ or ‘essentialist’). Based on empirical studies of group formation, anthropologists instead foreground ethnicity’s constructed nature. Nonetheless, ethnicity has remained a perhaps ever more meaningful category for political representation and practice in the public domain, particularly for marginalised communities around the world. It therefore also remains a key area of study across the social sciences, despite well-known academic critiques. A schematic periodisation of anthropological practice over time reveals how the discipline has shifted from attempting to empirically describe discrete ethnicities (1940s-1960s), to exploring the boundaries between them (1960s-1980s), to deconstructing the concept of ethnicity itself (1990s-2000s), to examining the pragmatic and affective work it does in the real world of politics and cultural practice (2010s-onwards).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This entry begins with a selective chronological overview of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;historical&lt;/a&gt; usage of the term within &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnography&lt;/a&gt; and theory, to demonstrate how the concept has often been linked to marginalised populations in the context of modern nation-state development. It then segues to a regionally focused exploration of how ethnicity has been wielded differently in various global contexts, as a catalyst of social, political, and economic change. Bridging historical context, key theoretical shifts, and ethnographic studies, this entry draws connections between ‘ethnicity’ and terms such as ‘tribe’, ‘&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;race&lt;/a&gt;’, ‘Indigeneity’, ‘multiculturalism’, and ‘nationalism’. It thereby considers how ethnicity as a conceptual, affective, and political category manifests regionally with distinct connections to other elements of social and political identities.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Lineages of thought&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Etymologically, the term ‘ethnicity’ is rooted in the ancient Greek &lt;em&gt;ethnos&lt;/em&gt;, which implied a collective of humans and is most often understood as ‘people’ or ‘nation’. Early interpretations in the social sciences often begin with Max Weber’s &lt;em&gt;Economy and Society&lt;/em&gt;, published in 1922. Weber acknowledges that ethnicity acts as a facilitator of group formation in political terms that crystallises around a shared acceptance of common descent. Yet Weber does not emphasise the multivocal and dynamic nature of ethnic identity formation. Later interpretations of Weber’s analysis stress that ethnic membership is not some form of passive collectiveness but is rather constructed actively through political action (Jenkins 2008).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Weber further posits that ‘&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;race&lt;/a&gt;’ works in a similar way to ethnicity in that both members and nonmembers of ‘ethnic’ or ‘racial’ groups must recognise their shared distinctiveness and align with others who share a perceptible common trait or phenotype. It is apparent here that the terms ‘race’ and ‘ethnicity’ are historically intertwined, and ‘are not precise analytical concepts; they are vague vernacular terms whose meaning varies considerably over place and time’ (Weber [1922] 1978 as quoted in Brubaker 2009, 27). In the original German, Weber used the term ‘ethnic group’ (&lt;em&gt;ethnische Gruppen&lt;/em&gt;), and although the term ‘ethnicity’ appears in English translations, he does not appear to use the German word &lt;em&gt;Ethnizität&lt;/em&gt; in the original.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Perhaps the earliest English use of ‘ethnicity’ as an abstract noun is in Lloyd Warner and Paul Lunt’s 1941 study of Yankee City in the United States, &lt;em&gt;The social life of a modern community&lt;/em&gt;. Stating that, ‘In this volume a great emphasis is placed on descent as a criterion of ethnicity’ (Warner and Lunt 1941, 237), these authors use the term in the group-specific sense to set immigrant groups such as ‘Irish’ and ‘Italian’ apart from ‘natives’ of the New England city. A slightly earlier use of ‘ethnic group’ appears in Julian Huxley and A.C. Haddon’s 1935 &lt;em&gt;We Europeans: A survey of ‘racial’ problems&lt;/em&gt;. These authors critique the mistranslation of Herodotus’ &lt;em&gt;ethnos&lt;/em&gt; as ‘race’ in English, and explain that in their analysis, ‘the word &lt;em&gt;race&lt;/em&gt; will be deliberately avoided, and the term &lt;em&gt;(ethnic) group&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;people&lt;/em&gt; employed for all general purposes’ (Huxley and Haddon 1935, 108). These early references demonstrate that the term gained traction in both American and British scholarship around the same time, when embedded assumptions of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonial&lt;/a&gt; anthropology began to give way to greater introspection about systems of classification often taken for granted at home. Such introspection came with a recognition of the need for new terminologies that could decouple discussions of human difference and social inequality from the Darwinian hierarchies embedded in biologically-based understandings of ‘race’.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In another North American context, anthropologist Franz Boas critiqued the concept of ‘race’ by debunking anthropometry, that is, the measurement of people’s bodies as an indicator for socio-cultural similarity and difference. While he did not explicitly offer ‘ethnicity’ as an alternative, subsequent commentators have linked his public arguments against essentialist visions of race and their resulting eugenicist policies with this concept (Hyatt 1990, Williams 1996). Recently, Boas’ engagement with Indigenous communities of the Northwest Coast has been reinterpreted by Indigenous scholars as work that at once ‘produced significant, albeit gradual, transformations of racial ideology, but … also perpetuated aspects of colonial modernity’ (Blackhawk and Wilner 2018, xvi). At Boas’ time, native North American communities were not identified as ‘ethnic’ in the same way as the immigrant groups of which Warner and Lunt wrote; it would only be later that ‘ethnicity’ would come to be understood as the overarching relational system for organising difference between groups within the unit of the nation-state. Even so, many contemporary theorists argue that, ‘Indigeneity is distinct from ethnicity, defined by unique representational needs that stem from Indigenous peoples’ relation to the colonial nation-state project’ (Williams and Schertzer 2019, 679). From this brief review, we can understand ethnicity as an inherently relational concept, which remains co-defined by adjacent concepts including &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16tribe&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;tribe&lt;/a&gt;, race, and Indigeneity.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Particularly in the years following the Cold War, as notions of ‘race’ had come under heavy &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;scientific&lt;/a&gt; and political criticism, ethnicity proliferated as an alternative concept useful to projects of development and social change. For example, it lent itself to proprietary claims by governing bodies over culture, territory, and political recognition (Warren and Kleisath 2019). However, it was not until the 1960s that ethnicity really came into widespread use within and outside the academy, beginning in the United States. As Eric Wolf (1994) notes, the use of ethnicity in American anthropology was part of a larger disciplinary shift from ‘race’ to ‘culture’ to ‘ethnicity’ that was reflective of world politics and public opinion at a time when the post-World War II process of decolonisation and creation of ‘democratic’ institutions were vying to solve the problems of the ‘underdeveloped areas’ of the world (Escobar 1995). At the same time, the rise of ethnicity paralleled the Civil Rights movement within the US itself, which brought into focus the social injustices linked to racial difference at home. Ethnicity was propelled into the limelight as a possible means of recognising difference in a positive sense, without thereby reifying it as an essential trait of certain groups. New disciplinary spaces such as Cultural Studies and Ethnic Studies emerged in tandem with these social movements in both the UK and the US, creating possibilities to reclaim ethnicity as a positive source of belonging and self-understanding (see, for instance, Hall [1988] 2021).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;By the 1990s, these celebratory views of ethnicity as a marker of diversity and inclusion gave way to critiques from Marxist and post-structural thinkers, who highlighted its constructed nature and associations with exclusivist political movements (Banks 1996). The vast array of scholarly literature on this topic is by no means obsolete, and its significance in and beyond the academy lives on, as new waves of scholarship identify ethnicity as a critical contemporary vector in political projects, as well as projects of commodification, and affective self-production (Meiu et al&lt;em&gt;.&lt;/em&gt; 2020).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ethnic as ‘other’&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropology’s nineteenth century ties to imperialism meant that its knowledge about human difference was in large part conceived of as a tool of British and other &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonial&lt;/a&gt; administration (see Asad 1973). Towards such ends, through projects of enumeration like the census (Cohn 1987), ethnicity was typically associated with discrete, singular, and essentialised categories of social identity that were perceived as biologically determined. In other words, people were understood to have essential, inborn, embodied characteristics that marked them as a member of one group or another. Early scholars in the field such as Lewis Henry Morgan, Herbert Spencer, and Edward B. Tylor were writing at a time when Darwin’s theories of evolution laid much of the groundwork for social inquiry. Their ‘social evolutionism’ divided people into groups and placed them along hierarchies of evolutionary progress. Foundational work among anthropologists of this time period heralded the disciplinary trend of studying seemingly less advanced ‘others’, and it is from this notion of essential difference between the researcher and subject that the designation of ethnic identities became misleadingly associated with ‘minority’ or ‘marginalised’ groups. ‘Ethnic minorities’ are thus often those distinct from, and therefore available to, the anthropologist as subjects of study or the administrator as a representative of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17bureaucracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;bureaucratic&lt;/a&gt; universalism.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Referring to a population as ‘ethnic’ still connotes a sense of marked minoritisation in relational difference to whatever the unmarked dominant community is in a given nation-state context, such as ‘whiteness’ in the United States (Jackson and Thomas 2009), or ‘Han-ness’ in China (Mullaney et al&lt;em&gt;.&lt;/em&gt; 2012). Yet the anthropological trend of studying ethnic ‘others’ has significantly diminished over the past decades, as much anthropological research has turned to focus on dominant institutional and political networks, often ‘at home’ (Ho 2009; Nader 2011). This disciplinary shift has made studies of particular ethnic groups fall out of favour to a significant extent. Paradoxically, as the rise of identity politics around the world paved the way for a disruptive politics that frames dominant groups as ‘others’ (Adhikari &amp;amp; Gellner 2016; Kaufmann 2004), anthropologists have often sought to disassociate themselves from such movements (Eriksen 1993). Recognising the often highly politicised material consequences of ethnic claims for representation may disrupt dominant scholarly and political discourses that frame ethnicity as an ephemeral, entirely discursive construct. Importantly, identity-based arguments can emerge from both left and right ideological positions. For instance, they define both the Black Lives Matter, and the ‘Make America Great Again’ movements in the US. The power of ethnicity as a category of both self-consciousness and political mobilisation may therefore be equally important for dominant and minority groups (Taylor 1994; Comaroff and Comaroff 2009; Shneiderman 2020). Such a perspective moves away from demonising ‘ethnicity’ as a necessarily negative political force, and instead seeks to understand its actual operations across fields of power.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ethnicity as a relational field&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As early as 1940, E.E. Evans-Pritchard (1940) had proposed the concepts of fission and fusion to describe the ongoing processes of separation and integration between sub-groups amongst the Nuer of Sudan. These ideas were part of a broader school of thought known as ‘structural-functionalism’, which interpreted the structures of social life as determined by their functional contributions to community livelihood and subsistence capacities. Despite its many shortcomings, such thinking productively identified that patterns of group identification were inherently dynamic. It helped recognise that individuals’ clan membership might differ from one week to the next and that it was not essentially implanted in their bodies in any fixed manner.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Building upon such work, anthropologist Edmund Leach (1964) further identified ethnicity as a fluid vector of power across multiple social domains when he studied socio-cultural group formation and group variance over time. Perhaps the first to define ethnicity as a process rather than a structure, Leach observed the constant state of flux in ethnic belonging between the Kachin and Shan groups of northeast Burma which he had studied in the 1950s and 60s. Individuals and sub-groups would regularly shift their membership between these two seemingly separate categories as external political and environmental disruptions intersected with internal structures of association.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It was the influential work of Fredrik Barth, particularly the introduction to the edited volume &lt;em&gt;Ethnic groups and boundaries&lt;/em&gt; (1969), which popularised the notion that ethnicity must be understood as a system of relationships between groups, through a focus on the ever-shifting boundaries between them. Until this time, scholars still largely attributed specific ethnic characteristics as essential to non-Western populations, conceptualising ethnic groups as singular, bounded units. Barth critiqued this vision of a ‘world of separate peoples’ operating in ‘relative isolation’ (Barth 1969, 11), setting off a new wave of ethnic studies that diverged from evolutionary and structural-functionalist understandings of social groups as complete and internally consistent. Barth instead sought to frame ethnicity as a dynamic and processual set of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; &lt;em&gt;between&lt;/em&gt; groups, urging scholars to think about how groups established boundaries between themselves and their neighbours, rather than on the shared ‘cultural stuff’ found within those ever fluid boundaries.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Following Barth’s now seminal essay, scholars have since critiqued even Barth’s approach for being too rigid, arguing that his use of the term ‘boundary’ invokes too much of a sense of exclusive group reification (see Cohen 1978). Yet Barth’s work continues to be one of the most cited in anthropological studies of ethnicity today. Most importantly, it signaled a momentous shift in the way anthropologists understood social organisation, moving towards a model of cyclical change where ethnic boundaries are constantly produced through real time encounters between individuals in practice (see also Vincent 1974; Bentley 1983). This type of fluidity is again present in the work of Abner Cohen (1974) who broke new ground by situating analyses of ethnicity comparatively across the US, Britain, Israel, and several African contexts, offering a pitched counterpoint to the received understanding that anthropologists could only study such phenomena amidst ‘others’ in faraway locations. Cohen, like Barth, moved away from the notion of ethnicity as an essential characteristic, focusing instead on practice in real time to postulate that an ethnic group is ‘a collectivity of people who share some patterns of normative behavior’ (Cohen 1974, ix), and he emphasised the power of politics and economic resource competition as drivers of social relationships.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cohen’s work and other Marxian analyses of ethnicity have been critiqued for overemphasising resource competition and failing to adequately account for culture. Arguably, they do not sufficiently ‘consider the processes, formal and informal, that link the distribution of tasks in this system to embodiments and patterns of cultural enactment’ (Williams 1989, 409). The reference to ‘cultural embodiment’—in other words, the notion that cultural differences shape behaviour at the individual level of the body in a material, physical sense—stands out. It marks the important point of tension between earlier modes of studying ethnicity that tended to view ethnic differences as essential and isomorphic with &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;race&lt;/a&gt; and territory, to more contemporary debates in the field that take seriously the socio-political processes that produce both self-selected and externally asserted ethnic labels. In making these arguments, Williams also establishes the need to analyse ethnicity across the multiple registers on which it plays out simultaneously: scholarly, political, and lay (1989).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Deconstructing ethnicity: against groupist ontologies&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;At the end the of the twentieth century, anthropologists and other social scientists began reconsidering the uncritical use of culture as a concept. Often associated with the seminal book &lt;em&gt;Writing culture&lt;/em&gt; (Clifford and Marcus 1986), these critiques drew upon the work of poststructuralist, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;postcolonialist&lt;/a&gt;, and deconstructionist thinkers such as Michel Foucault, Jacques Derrida, Pierre Bourdieu, and Edward Said to criticise the knowledge claims of anthropologists in general, and their understanding of ‘culture’ in particular. They argued that many social groups deemed to exist in the sense of fixed or ‘reified’ categories were actually in flux, and far less clear cut than previously assumed. Ethnicity concomitantly began to be viewed as an outmoded reference to a ‘groupist social ontology’ (Brubaker 2009) grounded in the primary inclination to think of the social world with reference to people’s unchanging substances (Bourdieu and Wacquant 1992, 228). People’s identity and culture was beginning to be understood as much more fluid than previously models allowed for.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For example, Arjun Guneratne describes how members of the Tharu community in Nepal created reified, or objectified versions of their own elders’ rituals to transform culture into performance, creating, ‘a tale that Tharus tell themselves about themselves’ (Guneratne 1998, 760). Along these lines, a wave of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographies&lt;/a&gt; sought to deconstruct the ethnic claims of their subjects (see for instance Fisher 2001; Guneratne 2002). Thereby, they contributed to the parallel rapprochement between &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;history&lt;/a&gt; and anthropology, which focused on the all-too-frequent ‘invention of tradition’ (Hobsbawm and Ranger 1983). This is the notion that cultural symbols and practices that are held to be ‘traditional’ and therefore in need of preservation are often relatively new inventions that serve a contemporary sociopolitical purpose. This was the case in many nationalist performance traditions such as those mobilised by the Nazis to authorise the idea of a historically continuous Aryan &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;race&lt;/a&gt;, for example. Paradoxically, as the use of the term ‘ethnicity’ was beginning to lose its relevance inside the academy due to the systematic critical deconstruction of its symbolic repertoires, its importance for communities began to grow (Banks 1996).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ethnicity thus came to be seen as a profoundly political concept mobilised within the identity-based politics of difference in various national contexts where state-imposed regimes of recognition required marginalised communities to mark themselves as distinctive (Appadurai 1981; Povinelli 2002; Middleton 2015). This idea lends itself to broader debates over recognition and representation within nation-states and the processes of competition for what Jonathan Friedman (1992) refers to as ‘identity space’. In other words, the increasing hegemony of nation-states and nationalism—understood as both inherently limited and sovereign (Anderson 1991)—means that cultural difference becomes a valuable commodity that can be used to make all kinds of claims upon perceivably scarce state resources (Appadurai 1981; Todd 2011; Comaroff and Comaroff 2009). As the very principal of nationalism ‘holds that the political and the national unit should be congruent’ (Gellner 1983, 1), the moment an individual, community, or nation is perceived as threatened, boundaries of identity become increasingly important in &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16resistance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resisting&lt;/a&gt; the pressure exerted on them (Eriksen 1993). Several scholarly works pertaining to nationalism and ethno-nationalist conflict explore the fundamental element of recognition as a reaction to external pressure or threats. Ethnic recognition is thus political, as much as it is about belonging at an emotional and psychological level (Appadurai 1998; Eriksen 1993; Gellner et al. 1997; Horowitz 1985).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Beyond theoretical debates in the academy, conflicts around the world in the second half of the twentieth century drew increased attention to violence perpetuated in the name of ethnic, racial, or national difference (Malkki 1995). This politicisation of ethnicity marked a transition from ‘the politics of the nation-state to the politics of ethnic pluralism’ (Tambiah 1996, 8), whereby socially constructed ideas of group belonging lend themselves to constructing exclusionary regimes on the basis of a shared identity. Such dynamics have unfolded in both &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25democracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;democratic&lt;/a&gt; and communist state contexts, with political mobilisation on the basis of ethnicity being linked in complex ways to Marxist and Maoist projects of class-based mobilisation (see for example Ismail and Shah 2015, Shneiderman 2020).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ethnicity as affective politics&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The beginning of the twenty-first century marked yet another significant shift in anthropological engagements with ethnicity. By then it had become generally accepted that ethnic identities were constructed through &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;historical&lt;/a&gt;, political, and social processes, and were not concretely real in any essential sense. ‘Constructivism had gained the upper hand over essentialism’ (Wimmer 2013, 2), so to speak. However, attempts to address the social and political processes that maintain divisions of the social world in ethnic, racial, or national terms opened a dialogue around the ‘fluid’ nature of ethnicity (Fisher 2001; Jenkins 2002). They highlighted the need to question why and how ideologies of ethnic identification work in the real world &lt;em&gt;despite&lt;/em&gt; our critical recognition of their constructed nature. Anthropologists realised that when debates over ethnicity intersect with racial and national identities they can be a significant locus for the exercise of power and authority in spite of being constructed. Even if ethnicity is not natural or essential, it can be owned and used as an economic resource against and within &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20neolib&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;neoliberal&lt;/a&gt; market forces (Comaroff and Comaroff 2009), and it can serve as a locus of power and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16resistance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resistance&lt;/a&gt; towards dominant social structures (Scott 1985; 2009).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The knowledge that ethnicity is constructed thus does not lessen its social power, nor does it lessen its intimate, emotional, and affective importance in people’s daily lives. Recent scholarship has sought to demonstrate the ways in which ethnicity may thus be simultaneously instrumentalised for external recognition &lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt; ‘affectively real’ (Shneiderman 2015), as both a mode of politics and a mode of consciousness. Refocusing debates ‘on the objectification of identity as a fundamental human process that persists through ritual action regardless of the contingencies of state formation or economic paradigm’ (Shneiderman 2015, 285), such scholarship seeks to bridge the bifurcated debates between politics and meaning by suggesting that ethnicity can be both at the same time (Meiu et al. 2020).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;One such example comes from an &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnography&lt;/a&gt; of the Thangmi community who live across the borders of Nepal and India (Shneiderman 2015). It shows how Thangmi enact certain cultural practices, such as wedding &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25dance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;dances&lt;/a&gt;, in different registers for different purposes. When dancing at an actual wedding in their home villages, Thangmi may be producing the content of their ethnic identity for themselves through a shared set of practices that are mutually agreed upon as particularly Thangmi by all actors involved. The act of dancing in this way is part of the process of constructing their ethnicity in an affective sense, in the group-internal context of a wedding at someone’s &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19home&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;home&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;At the same time, those dancers, and other members of the community, may also perform stylised versions of the same dances on stage in a theatre for the express consumption of state officials with the power to recognise the community within state paradigms for ethnic categorisation. Here they are producing Thangmi ethnicity in the political sense, in the group-external context of a theatrical performance organised by state actors. While the latter is certainly constructed, in the sense that it is staged in a very intentional manner to meet certain political requirements, both versions of the dance are real and relevant to those who enact them. Both contribute to the overall ability of the Thangmi community to maintain their traditional knowledge of such cultural forms, which in turn constitute the content of their ethnic identity. The point here is that the political mobilisation of such cultural knowledge does not eclipse or erase its continued existence in community-internal forms. The constructed nature of ethnic identity can thus co-exist with its affectively real power for those who embody it (for further details, see Shneiderman 2015, Chapter 2).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The geopolitics of ethnicity&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While we have discussed that ethnicity may shift over time, we now turn our attention to understanding its variation across space by considering regional literatures that bring nuance and texture to the aforementioned general narrative of debates over ethnicity. Grounded in what Richard Fardon (1990) refers to as ‘regional ethnographic traditions’, theories of ethnicity have come to intersect with global and local politics in myriad ways. In calling attention to the disparities between essentialising theories of ethnic difference and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; studies of particular communities (Abu-Lughod 1991), some of the fundamental understandings of ethnicity are complicated by the incommensurability of partial and shifting claims to recognition in various parts of the world.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As scholars whose own research has been grounded in South Asia, we find recent ethnic debates in Nepal and India a good crucible for exploring some of these broader themes. Since the 1990 advent of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25democracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;democracy&lt;/a&gt; in Nepal, long-standing internal tensions between historically marginalised ethnic groups and state forces began to be vocally expressed through a range of ethnic and political mobilisations. These were both a product and driver of the tensions between Hindu nationalist ideologies and the diverse groups of people the state of Nepal has come to govern (see Pfaff-Czarnecka et al. 1997; Onta 2006; Hangen 2010). Identity politics thus became the centerpiece of national debates through successive waves of civil conflict (1996-2006) and post-conflict state restructuring (2006-2015), as minority groups struggled to attain recognition and rights within the 2015 constitution and subsequent 2017 administrative restructuring. Beginning with the National Foundation for Development of Indigenous Nationalities Act (NFDIN) in 2002, Nepal passed a series of policy reforms aimed at addressing the limited visibility of &lt;em&gt;adivasi janajati&lt;/em&gt;, or ‘Indigenous Nationalities’ (approximately 60 are currently recognised). These policies have become closely linked to conversations around &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16rights&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;human rights&lt;/a&gt;, social inclusion, and development (Shneiderman 2013).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nepal remains only one of two Asian countries to have ratified ILO Convention 169 on the rights of Indigenous peoples (the other is the Philippines). By contrast, while India has maintained constitutional provisions for the ‘upliftment’ of groups designated as Scheduled Tribes and Scheduled Castes (ST/SC) since the 1950s, it has not recognised Indigeneity as a legal category. This has led to a different politics of ethnicity than that described in Nepal—despite the two countries’ shared borders, and linguistic and religious heritages. In India, ‘tribalness’ has become the category of aspiration to secure a better future (Kapila 2008; Moodie 2015; Middleton 2015; Phillimore 2014; Shah 2010). Using terms such as ‘backwards’ and ‘highly marginalised’, the politics of difference in various parts of South Asia can be seen as echoing early anthropological models of ethnic and racial inferiority.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;However, the current politics in both countries provide a counter-narrative to the assertion that ethnicity is something that only minoritised groups have. Instead, as Krishna Adhikari and David Gellner (2016) put it, there is a backlash from dominant communities who seek to label themselves as ‘other’ in response to the growing visibility of erstwhile ethnicised minorities, such as &lt;em&gt;adivasi janajati&lt;/em&gt; in Nepal and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18islam&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Muslims&lt;/a&gt; in India. In both Nepal and India, once-marginal ethnic labels have become targets of aspiration, as communities vie for entitlements and territorial sovereignty. Showcasing their distinctiveness as tribal, ethnic, Indigenous, and religious groups, ethnicised categories become prized targets of recognition.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The rise of cultural rights activism and increasing struggle for ‘identity space’ among marginal groups has given way to a growing emphasis on &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20neolib&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;neoliberal&lt;/a&gt; multiculturalism worldwide. In its simplest form, neoliberal multiculturalism enmeshes pro-market reforms with policies for cultural rights granted to disadvantaged groups. In &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21latam&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Latin America&lt;/a&gt;, this regime has gained traction in the name of cultural protectionism and human rights discourse in favour of ethnic minorities. Yet contrary to these alleged goals, it can lead to contradictory and oppressive outcomes, as pro-market reforms are often detrimental to the lives of various ethnic and Indigenous groups. Charles Hale (2005) asserts that&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style=&quot;margin-left:36px;&quot;&gt;the great efficacy of neoliberal multiculturalism resides in powerful actors’ ability to restructure the arena of political contention, driving a wedge between cultural rights and the assertion of the control over resources necessary for those rights to be realized (13).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hale’s argument is echoed in Shaylih Muehlmann’s description of experiences in northwest Mexico at the end of the Colorado River, where US dam projects and the more recent creation of a protected ‘biosphere reserve’ by the Mexican federal government have denied local Cucapá Indigenous communities the right to fish, creating what a lawyer referred to as ‘cultural genocide’ on its own people (Muehlmann 2009). This conflict between the Cucapá and the state is mired in debates over Indigenous rights, cultural and ethnic difference, and state-regulated discourses of multiculturalism. Rather than allow ethnic groups to control the Colorado Delta, the state has instead used ethnic difference to deny the Cucapá access to their ancestral fishing ground (Muehlmann 2009, 469). Instrumentalising ethnic difference under the guises of global discourses such as multiculturalism and environmental &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25sustainability&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;sustainability&lt;/a&gt;, the Mexican state has used the politics of ethnicity not to aid the Cucapás, as multicultural policies often insinuate, but to fuel their continued marginalisation. In other instances, claims to Indigenous status have been undermined when communities lose control over the ways they are represented to larger publics (Conklin and Graham 1995; Heatherington 2010; Tsing 2005), or communities may choose to reject legitimate claims to Indigenous status altogether (Li 2000).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Although neoliberal multiculturalism is not unique to Mexico, or Latin America for that matter, the case of the Cucapá shows how in the neoliberal era the intersections between Indigeneity, environmentalism, and state projects become contested sites of ‘authenticity’ (Handler 1986). From an anthropological perspective, ‘authenticity’ is a cultural construct linked with terms like ‘untouched’ or ‘traditional’ that is underpinned by the assumption that cultures are discrete, bounded units that do not change (Handler 1986). The use of ‘authenticity’ as a legitimising framework for evaluating traditions, ethnicity, and cultural heritage persists today. It comes to light particularily through cultural performances for public and political purposes (Comaroff and Comaroff 2009; Conklin 1997), as well as through private ceremonies and rituals (Shneiderman 2015). As a result, the concepts of performance and performativity emerge as important ways to understand how particular groups are ‘driven by their specific desires for recognition, self-determination, and cultural sovereignty’ (Graham and Penny 2014). As described above in the Thangmi example, performance as a tool to legitimise ethnic claims has emerged both as a powerful means of asserting and expressing difference, and as a way for contemporary governments and international bodies to capitalise on these designations.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This is the case not only in explicitly neoliberal state contexts, but even in an erstwhile communist state such as China, where ethnic classification has been constitutive of national identity since the foundation of the People’s Republic. The Ethnic Classification Project of the 1950s sought to structure the ‘number, names and composition of China’s officially recognized ethnonational groups’ (Mullaney 2010) as part of the Communist Party’s campaign to achieve ethnonational equality. Later in the 1980s and 1990s, during China’s &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21postsocialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;postsocialist&lt;/a&gt; reforms, the linguistic and cultural traditions of minority communities came to be appropriated by the state as desireable representations of ‘traditional culture’ (Schein 2000, 24). ‘The figure of the minority, usually feminine, came to be included in what was considered to constitute the authentically Chinese’ (Schein 2000, 24). Today, minority communities continue to renogiate their place within China’s ethnonationalist politics and assert their own cultural identity through performances including &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17tourism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;tourism&lt;/a&gt; events, village rituals, or even scholarly and journalistic encounters (Chio 2014; Jinba 2013). It is in this way that concepts like ‘ethnicity’, ‘minority’, and ‘authenticity’ are interlinking components of ethnonationalist agendas, as well as contested sites of cultural &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21socialrepro&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;production&lt;/a&gt; and representation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Across the Global North and the Global South, anthropologists have explored similar themes related to the ‘articulation’ of Indigeneity and ethnic identity (Hall 1990; Li 2000), multiculturalism (Turner 1993), and the complex relationships between ‘Indigeneity’ and ‘autochthony’ (McGovern 2012; Pelican 2009). These and other related terms continue to be used by various state and nonstate actors as both platforms for social justice, and to continue the marginalisation of minority communities. Ethnicity can cut both ways.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conclusion&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Whether self-designated or externally imposed, ethnic classifications are regionally and historically diverse, and the entanglement of ethnicity with related terms such as ‘&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;race&lt;/a&gt;’, ‘Indigeneity’, ‘minority’, ‘nationalism’, and ‘&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16tribe&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;tribe&lt;/a&gt;’ have persisted since its inception within anthropological and popular discourse. A common thread is the association between ethnicity and marginalised groups. Although in some cases this power imbalance has been overturned to render minority groups visible in the global arena of cultural rights, analytical approaches to the study of ethnicity are not exempt from &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonial&lt;/a&gt; legacies and the politics of exclusion. As Brackette Williams (1989) succinctly states,&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style=&quot;margin-left:36px;&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;ethnicity &lt;/em&gt;labels the politics of cultural struggle in the nexus of territorial and cultural nationalism... as a label it may sound better than tribe, race, or barbarian, but with respect to political consequences, it still identifies those who are at the borders of the empire (439).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Finally, to assume that ethnicity as an analytical category and structure of belonging will run its course would be to ignore the realities faced by communities around the world. People will likely continue to find it useful, as they navigate &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20neolib&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;neoliberal&lt;/a&gt; policies to secure access to resources in the face of rapidly &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21climatechange&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;changing climate&lt;/a&gt; conditions, make claims to territory within newly invigorated Indigenous rights frameworks, or attempt to escape the ethnic label altogether. To address ethnicity, and do justice to the highly politicised nature of this term, scholarship must carefully consider &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;histories&lt;/a&gt; of marginalisation and social inequality without imprisoning groups in an idealised image of their own past in the process (Li 2000). Ethnicity may carry numerous intimate and affective meanings for one person whilst being of no value to another, and it is through a careful consideration of the politics at stake that future anthropological scholarship can disrupt grand theories of ethnicity to reveal its multivocality and contextual specificity. In this third decade of the twenty-first century, as we see newly invigorated global protests against systemic &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;racism&lt;/a&gt; collide with unequal vulnerabilities to the global &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22pandemics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;pandemic&lt;/a&gt; and the juggernaut of climate change, it seems ever more important to apply a social justice lens as we reconsider the relationships between ethnicity and its others. Whether in lay, scholarly, and political registers, and whether within or beyond the framework of the nation-state, ethnicity will likely occupy us for years to come.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Abu-Lughod, Lila. 1991. “Writing against culture.” In &lt;em&gt;Recapturing anthropology: Working in the present&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Richard Fox, 137–62. Santa Fe, NM: School of American Research.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Adhikari, Krishna &amp;amp; David Gellner. 2016. “New identity politics and the 2012 collapse of Nepal’s Constituent Assembly: When the dominant becomes ‘other.’” &lt;em&gt;Modern Asian Studies &lt;/em&gt;6: 2009–40.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anderson, Benedict. 1991. &lt;em&gt;Imagined communities: Reflections on the origin and spread of nationalism&lt;/em&gt;. Verso: New York.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Appadurai, Arjun. 1981. “The past as a scarce resource.” &lt;em&gt;Man&lt;/em&gt; (N.S.) 16: 201-19.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 1998. “Dead certainty: Ethnic violence in the era of globalization.” &lt;em&gt;Public Culture &lt;/em&gt;10, no. 2: 225–47.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Asad, Talal, ed. 1973. &lt;em&gt;Anthropology and the colonial encounter&lt;/em&gt;. Ithaca, NY: Ithaca Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Banks, Marcus. 1996. &lt;em&gt;Ethnicity: Anthropological constructions&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Barth, Frederik. 1969. &lt;em&gt;Ethnic groups and boundaries&lt;/em&gt;. Boston: Little Brown and Company.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bentley, G. Carter. 1987. “Ethnicity and practice.” &lt;em&gt;Comparative Studies in Society and History&lt;/em&gt; 29, no. 1: 24–55.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Blackhawk, Ned and Isaiah Lorado Wilner. 2018. “Introduction.” In &lt;em&gt;Indigenous visions: Rediscovering the world of Franz Boas&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Ned Blackhawk and Isaiah Lorado Wilner, ix-xxii. New Haven: Yale University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bourdieu, Pierre and Loic Wacquant. 1992. &lt;em&gt;An invitation to reflexive sociology&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: Chicago University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Brubaker, Rogers. 2009. “Ethnicity, race, and nationalism.” &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Sociology&lt;/em&gt; 35: 21–42.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Chio, Jenny. 2014. &lt;em&gt;A landscape of travel: The work of tourism in rural ethnic China&lt;/em&gt;. Seattle: University of Washington Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Clifford, James and George Marcus. 1986. &lt;em&gt;Writing culture: The poetics and politics of ethnography&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cohen, Abner. 1969. &lt;em&gt;Custom and politics in urban Africa: A study of Hausa migrants in Yoruba towns&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 1974. &lt;em&gt;Urban ethnicity&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cohen, R. 1978. “Ethnicity: Problem and focus in anthropology.” &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;7: 379–403.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cohn, Bernard. 1987. “The census, social structure, and objectification in South Asia.” In &lt;em&gt;An anthropologist among the historians and other essays&lt;/em&gt;, 224–54. New Delhi: Oxford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Comaroff, John and Jean Comaroff. 2009. &lt;em&gt;Ethnicity, Inc&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Conklin, Beth. 1997. “Body paint, feathers, and VCRs: Aesthetics and authenticity in Amazonian activism.” &lt;em&gt;American Ethnologist&lt;/em&gt; 24, no. 4: 711–37.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Eriksen, Thomas Hylland. 1993. &lt;em&gt;Ethnicity and nationalism&lt;/em&gt;. London: Pluto Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Escobar, Arturo. 1995. &lt;em&gt;Encountering development: The making and unmaking of the Third World&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: Princeton University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Evans-Pritchard, E. E. 1940. &lt;em&gt;The Nuer: A description of the modes of livelihood and political institutions of a Nilotic people&lt;/em&gt;. Oxford: Oxford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fardon, Richard. 1990. &lt;em&gt;Localizing strategies: Regional traditions of ethnographic writing&lt;/em&gt;. Edinburgh: Scottish Academic Press and Smithsonian Institution Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fisher, William. 2001. &lt;em&gt;Fluid boundaries: Forming and transforming identity in Nepal.&lt;/em&gt; New York: Columbia University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Friedman, Jonathan. 1992. “Myth, history, and political identity.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 7, no. 2: 194-210.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gellner, Ernest. 1983. &lt;em&gt;Nations and nationalism&lt;/em&gt;. Oxford: Blackwell.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gellner, David, Joanna Pfaff-Czarnecka, and John Whelpton, eds. 1997. &lt;em&gt;Nationalism and ethnicity in a Hindu kingdom: The politics of culture in contemporary Nepal.&lt;/em&gt; Harwood: Amsterdam.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Guneratne, Arjun. 2002. &lt;em&gt;Many tongues, one people&lt;/em&gt;. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hale, Charles. 2005. “Neoliberal multiculturalism: The remaking of cultural rights and racial dominance in Central America.” &lt;em&gt;Political and Legal Anthropology Review &lt;/em&gt;28, no. 1: 10–28.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Handler, Richard. 1986. “Authenticity.” &lt;em&gt;Anthropology Today&lt;/em&gt; 2, no. 1: 2-4.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hall, Stuart. (1988) 2021. “New ethnicities [1988].” &lt;em&gt;Selected writings on race and difference&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Paul Gilroy and Ruth Wilson Gilmore, 246–56. New York: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 1990. “Cultural identity and diaspora.” In &lt;em&gt;Identity: Community, culture, difference&lt;/em&gt;, edited by J. Rutherford, 222–37. London: Lawrence and Wishart.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hangen, Susan. 2010. &lt;em&gt;The rise of ethnic politics in Nepal. &lt;/em&gt;London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ho, Karen Zouwen. 2009. “Introduction: An anthropologist goes to Wall St.” In &lt;em&gt;Liquidated: An ethnography of Wall Street&lt;/em&gt;, 1-38. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hobsbawm, Eric and Terence Ranger, eds. 1983. &lt;em&gt;The invention of tradition&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Horowitz, Donald L. 1985. &lt;em&gt;Ethnic groups in conflict&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hutchinson, Sharon and Naomi Pendle. 2015. “Violence, legitimacy, and prophecy: Nuer struggles with uncertainty in South Sudan.” &lt;em&gt;American Ethnologist&lt;/em&gt; 42: 415–30.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jackson Jr., John L. and Deborah Thomas. 2009. “The issue of whiteness.” &lt;em&gt;Transforming Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 17: 1.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Huxley, Julian and A.C. Haddon. 1935. &lt;em&gt;We Europeans: A survey of ‘racial’ problems&lt;/em&gt;. London: Jonathan Cape.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hyatt, Marshall. 1990. &lt;em&gt;Franz Boas, social activist&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;The dynamics of ethnicity&lt;/em&gt;. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ismail, Feyzi and Alpa Shah. 2015. “Class struggle, the Maoists and the indigenous question in Nepal and India.” &lt;em&gt;Economic and Political Weekly&lt;/em&gt; 50, no. 35: 112–23.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jenkins, Richard. 2002. “Imagined but not imaginary: Ethnicity and nationalism in the modern world.” In &lt;em&gt;Exotic no more: Anthropology on the front lines, &lt;/em&gt;edited by Jeremy MacClancy, 114–28. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2008. &lt;em&gt;Rethinking ethnicity&lt;/em&gt;. London: SAGE Publications.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jinba, Tenzin. 2013. &lt;em&gt;In the land of the Eastern Queendom: The politics of gender and ethnicity on the Sino-Tibetan border&lt;/em&gt;. Seattle: University of Washington Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kapila, Kriti. 2008. “The measure of a tribe: The cultural politics of constitutional reclassification in North India.” &lt;em&gt;The Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute&lt;/em&gt; 14, no. 1: 117–34.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kaufmann, Eric. 2004. &lt;em&gt;Rethinking ethnicity: Majority groups and dominant minorities&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Leach, Edmund. 1964. &lt;em&gt;Political systems of Highland Burma: A study of Kachin social structure&lt;/em&gt;. London: The Athlone Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Li, Tania. 2000. “Articulating indigenous identity in Indonesia: Resource politics and the tribal slot.” &lt;em&gt;Comparative Studies in Society and History&lt;/em&gt;, 42: 149–79.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Malkki, Liisa. 1995. &lt;em&gt;Purity and exile: Violence, memory and national cosmology among Hutu refugees in Tanzania&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;McGovern, Mike. 2012. &lt;em&gt;Unmasking the state: Making Guinea modern&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Meiu, George Paul, Jean Comaroff, and John L. Comaroff, eds. 2020. &lt;em&gt;Ethnicity, commodity, in/corporation&lt;/em&gt;. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Middleton, Townsend. 2015. &lt;em&gt;The demands of recognition: State anthropology and ethnopolitics in Darjeeling&lt;/em&gt;. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Moodie, Megan. 2015. &lt;em&gt;We were Adivasis: Aspiration in an Indian schedule tribe&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Muehlmann, Shaylih. 2009. “How do real Indians fish? Neoliberal multiculturalism and contested indigeneities in the Colorado Delta.” &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist&lt;/em&gt; 111, no. 4: 468–79.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mullaney, Thomas, James Patrick Leibold, Stéphane Gros, Eric Arman Vanden Bussche, eds. 2012. &lt;em&gt;Critical Han studies: The history, representation, and identity of China’s majority&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nader, Laura 2011. “Ethnography as theory.” &lt;em&gt;HAU: Journal of Ethnographic Theory&lt;/em&gt; 1, no. 1: 211–9.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Onta, Pratyoush. 2006. “The growth of the &lt;em&gt;Adivasi Janajati&lt;/em&gt; movement in Nepal after 1990.” &lt;em&gt;Studies in Nepali History and Society&lt;/em&gt; 11, no. 2: 303–54.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Pelican, Michaela. 2009. “Complexities of indigeneity and autochthony: An African example.” &lt;em&gt;American Ethnologist&lt;/em&gt; 36, no. 1: 52–65.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Phillimore, Peter. 2014. “‘That used to be a famous village’: Shedding the past in rural north India.” &lt;em&gt;Modern Asian Studies&lt;/em&gt; 48, no. 1: 159–87.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Povinelli, Elizabeth. 2002. &lt;em&gt;The cunning of recognition&lt;/em&gt;. Durham: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Robinne, Francoise and Mandy Sadan, eds&lt;em&gt;.&lt;/em&gt; 2007. &lt;em&gt;Social dynamics in the Highlands of Southeast Asia: Reconsidering &lt;/em&gt;Political systems of Highland Burma&lt;em&gt; by E.R. Leach.&lt;/em&gt; Leiden: Brill.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Scott, James. 1985. &lt;em&gt;Weapons of the weak: Everyday forms of peasant resistance&lt;/em&gt;. New Haven: Yale University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2009. &lt;em&gt;The art of not being governed&lt;/em&gt;. New Haven: Yale University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Shah, Alpa. 2010. &lt;em&gt;In the shadows of the state&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Shneiderman, Sara. 2013. “Developing a culture of marginality.” &lt;em&gt;Focaal &lt;/em&gt;65, 42–55.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2015. “Reframing ethnicity: Academic tropes, recognition beyond politics, and ritualized action between Nepal and India.” &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist&lt;/em&gt; 116, no. 2: 279–95.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2020. “The affective potentialities and politics of &lt;em&gt;Ethnicity, Inc&lt;/em&gt;. in restructuring Nepal: Social science, sovereignty, and signification.” In &lt;em&gt;Ethnicity, commodity, in/corporation&lt;/em&gt;, edited by George Paul Meiu, Jean Comaroff, and John L. Comaroff, 195–223. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tambiah, Stanley. 1996. &lt;em&gt;Leveling crowds: Ethnonationalist conflicts and collective violence in South Asia.&lt;/em&gt; Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Taylor, Charles. 1994. &lt;em&gt;Multiculturalism&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: Princeton University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Todd, Lindi. 2011. “The nation as a scare resource: reading a contested site of sacrifice in post-apartheid South Africa.” &lt;em&gt;The Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute&lt;/em&gt; 17: S113–S129.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tsing, Anna. 2000. “The global situation.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 15, no. 3: 327–60.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Turner, Terence. 1993. “Anthropology and multiculturalism: What is anthropology that multiculturalists should be mindful of it?” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;8, no. 4: 411–29.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Vincent, Joan. 1974. “The structuring of ethnicity.” &lt;em&gt;Human Organization&lt;/em&gt; 33, no. 4: 375&lt;strong&gt;–&lt;/strong&gt;9.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Warner, William Lloyd and Paul Sanborn Lunt. 1941. &lt;em&gt;The social life of a modern community.&lt;/em&gt; New Haven: Yale University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Warren, Jonathan and Michelle Kleisath. 2019. “The roots of US anthropology’s race problem: Whiteness, ethnicity, and ethnography.” &lt;em&gt;Equity &amp;amp; Excellence in Education&lt;/em&gt; 52, no. 1: 55&lt;strong&gt;–&lt;/strong&gt;67.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Weber, Max. 1922. &lt;em&gt;Economy and society&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Williams, Brackette. 1989. “A class act: Anthropology and the race to nation across ethnic terrain.” &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropolog &lt;/em&gt;18: 401–44.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Williams, Meaghan and Robert Schertzer. 2019. “Is Indigeneity like ethnicity? Theorizing and assessing models of Indigenous political representation.” &lt;em&gt;Canadian Journal of Political Science&lt;/em&gt; 52: 677&lt;strong&gt;–&lt;/strong&gt;96.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Williams, Vaughn Jr. 1996. &lt;em&gt;Rethinking race: Franz Boas and his contemporaries&lt;/em&gt;. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wimmer, Andreas. 2013. &lt;em&gt;Ethnic boundary making: Institutions, power, networks&lt;/em&gt;. Oxford: Oxford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wolf, E. R. 1994. “Perilous ideas: Race, culture, people.” &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 5: 1–12.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Notes on contributors&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sara Shneiderman is Associate Professor in the Department of Anthropology and School of Public Policy &amp;amp; Global Affairs at the University of British Columbia in Vancouver, Canada. She is the author of &lt;em&gt;Rituals of ethnicity: Thangmi identities between Nepal and India&lt;/em&gt; (University of Pennsylvania Press, 2015). &lt;a href=&quot;mailto:sara.shneiderman@ubc.ca&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;sara.shneiderman@ubc.ca&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Emily Amburgey is a doctoral candidate in the Department of Anthropology at University of British Columbia, Canada. She is a socio-cultural anthropologist and visual ethnographer. Her work explores the impacts of climate change and labour migration in high altitude regions of Nepal’s Himalaya. &lt;a href=&quot;mailto:emily.amburgey@ubc.ca&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;emily.amburgey@ubc.ca&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</description>
 <pubDate>Mon, 22 Aug 2022 15:52:22 +0000</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>Rebecca Tishler</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">1985 at https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com</guid>
</item>
<item>
 <title>Visual anthropology</title>
 <link>https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/entry/visual-anthropology</link>
 <description>&lt;div class=&quot;image&quot;&gt;&lt;img typeof=&quot;foaf:Image&quot; src=&quot;https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/sites/www.anthroencyclopedia.com/files/styles/full-article-style/public/dscf4487.jpg?itok=8f-6eErC&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-entry-tags field-type-taxonomy-term-reference field-label-hidden field-wrapper clearfix&quot;&gt;&lt;ul class=&quot;links&quot;&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-0&quot; class=&quot;field-item even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/digital-worlds&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Digital Worlds&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-1&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/indigeneity&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Indigeneity&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-2&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/methods-methodology&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Methods &amp;amp; Methodology&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-3&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/multimodality&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Multimodality&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-4&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/representation&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Representation&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-5&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/technology&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Technology&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-6&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/activism&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Activism&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-7&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/power&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Power&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-author field-type-entityreference field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/jenny-chio&quot;&gt;Jenny Chio&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-university-name field-type-text field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;University of Southern California &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-publication-date field-type-computed field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;
   &lt;div class=&quot;date-in-parts&quot;&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;title&quot;&gt;Initially published &lt;span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;day&quot;&gt;26&lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;month&quot;&gt;Jul &lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;year&quot;&gt;2021&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-doi-link field-type-link-field field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21visual&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;http://doi.org/10.29164/21visual&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-abstract field-type-text-long field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Abstract:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Visual anthropology encompasses two parallel aims: the production of anthropological media (including ethnographic film, video, photography, drawing, interactive media, etc.) as well as the anthropological analyses of media (including films, videos, photography, drawings, etc.). Conceptually, visual anthropology draws on theoretical and methodological connections between human perception and imagination, the use and production of audiovisual media, and ethnography. This entry explores how the work of visual anthropologists has contested, expanded, and transformed the discipline of anthropology. It also illustrates how the methods and debates in visual anthropology raise critically important questions about authorship, power, and the representation of culture that bear on the work of artists, filmmakers, photographers, curators, and journalists, among many others. The production of audiovisual materials in anthropological research is often overlooked. Yet technological advances in film and audio recording in the mid-twentieth century afforded anthropologists and filmmakers increasing opportunities to incorporate filmmaking into ethnographic and cross-cultural research. Since the 1980s, the establishment of visual anthropology programs within some academic departments, combined with the increased accessibility of video and digital media technologies globally, prompted important critiques of anthropological image-making and image use. It also helped develop new approaches to understanding visual experiences as a cultural practice. Four central concerns of visual anthropology at present are ethnographic filmmaking and theory, Indigenous and activist media, the study of visual culture, and multimodal anthropology. Taken together, this entry shows how visual anthropology has contested, expanded, and transformed understandings of power, authority, and meaning in media-making practices.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;body field&quot;&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Introduction&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Visual anthropology includes both producing anthropological media, such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; films, exhibitions, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22photography&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;photography&lt;/a&gt;, as well as analysing existing media as part of anthropological enquiry. Conceptually, visual anthropology lies at the intersection of the study of human perception and imagination, audiovisual media, and ethnography.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn1&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref1&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref1&quot;&gt;[1]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt; The production of ethnographic films, loosely defined as films based upon ethnographic fieldwork, has been the most well-studied aspect of the subfield, although the research and scholarship of visual anthropologists extend well beyond filmmaking.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn2&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref2&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref2&quot;&gt;[2]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt; This entry primarily explores how the work of visual anthropologists has contested, expanded, and transformed the discipline of anthropology. However, it also illustrates how the methods and debates in visual anthropology raise essential questions about authorship, power, and the representation of culture, making the subfield relevant for the work of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22art&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;artists&lt;/a&gt;, filmmakers, photographers, curators, and journalists, among many others.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Four themes and areas comprise the central concerns of visual anthropology in the present moment: ethnographic filmmaking and theory, Indigenous and activist media, visual culture, and multimodal anthropology. Even with the wide scope of contemporary visual anthropology that ranges from ethnographic media-making to ethnographies &lt;em&gt;of &lt;/em&gt;media, a few common denominators within the subfield exist. First, and most significantly, scholars in this field emphasise that audiovisual recordings and/or visual practices are tools of analysis, rather than merely illustrating text-based analyses. Instead of considering photographs, sound recordings, drawings, or video as supplementary to writing, many visual anthropologists emphasise the complementarity of text and image, where each in turn amplifies the other. For example, some visual anthropologists argue that text need not be the primary mode of communicating ethnographic knowledge for a given project, as is the case for the anthropological biography films of Anna Grimshaw that are focused on the lives of select individuals in a small fishing town in Maine (Grimshaw 2013, 2016). Others show how text and media can work together to amplify anthropological analysis, as in &lt;em&gt;Descending with angels&lt;/em&gt; (Suhr 2019) which consists of an ethnographic film as well as a written monograph on &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18islam&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Islamic&lt;/a&gt; exorscim and psychiatry in Denmark.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A second shared approach defining visual anthropological scholarship is a concern with ethnographic methods and reflexivity; or, in other words, how attention to visual materials and visual practices can make for a more insightful, and more ethical, ethnography. This includes efforts to ‘give back the camera’ and create collaborative modes of filmmaking (see Elder 1995, Moore 1996, Turner 1992, Weiner 1997; also discussed further in the section on Indigenous and activist media) and projects that return &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;historical&lt;/a&gt; and fieldwork photographs and films to research communities (see, for example, Strathern 2018 and the film &lt;em&gt;Some Na ceremonies &lt;/em&gt;2015). In these cases, the &lt;em&gt;visual&lt;/em&gt; in visual anthropology has afforded anthropologists the opportunity and the responsibility to &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21sharing&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;share&lt;/a&gt; research materials and acknowledge the cultural conditions of visual experience. Image-making has also been added to the ethnographer’s toolkit not just for research purposes, but also as a means of giving back to the individuals and communities whose lives and experiences constitute the ‘data’ that makes anthropology possible (Jackson 2004, Lozada 2006). Since anthropological research takes place within global hierarchies of knowledge production, such efforts attempt to ‘question hegemonic Euro/American-centric anthropological and audio-visual aesthetics and epistemologies’ (Flores &amp;amp; Torresan 2018).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Finally, visual anthropology has called into question the limitations of visual representation. The materiality of photographs, the sounds and audioscapes of film and video, the immersive environments of exhibitions, and the interactive possibilities of online platforms push visual anthropologists to look beyond what is obviously visible. Behind this is the recognition that the field of visual anthropology has always included other senses and experiences and that different anthropological questions and different ethnographic contexts may demand, or at least benefit from, different modes of engagement and production. Sensations such as sound and hearing, taste, feel (tactility/hapticity), as well as emotion and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25affect&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;affect&lt;/a&gt; are all integral to the ways in which human life is experienced, made meaningful, and represented. In 2017, the journal &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist&lt;/em&gt; renamed its long-running ‘Visual Anthropology’ section as ‘Multimodal Anthropologies’ in order to reflect the mixed practices and modes which anthropological scholarship might take. In turn, there have also been numerous initiatives and efforts to change established scholarly practices. Increasing numbers of anthropology programs now accept non-text-based scholarship as part of degree requirements, and more and more discussions have emerged on the evaluation of non-textual scholarship within the discipline (Chio 2017a).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;These current concerns about visual analysis, an ethical ethnographic practice, and mixed modes of anthropological knowledge production, are not new. The history of visual anthropology, discussed below, illustrates how technologies and strategies of visual representation are deeply intertwined with the discipline, its theoretical foundations, and its methodological innovations.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Anthropology has always been visual&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The history of visual anthropology, and in particular the development of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; filmmaking, is well-studied and illuminates one fundamental truth: anthropology, as a discipline that documents and studies socio-cultural life, has always been invested in the visual (e.g. Banks &amp;amp; Ruby 2011, Grimshaw 2001, El Guindi 2004, Jacknis 2016, Loizos 1995, Ruby 2000).&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn3&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref3&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref3&quot;&gt;[3]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt; The production of visual material as a part of anthropological research has occurred since the beginning of the discipline at the turn of the twentieth century. Arguably, the relationship between visual representation and what became known as anthropology emerged with advances in &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22photography&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;photography&lt;/a&gt; from the mid-1800s onwards. Photography was employed extensively in studies of ‘racial types’ within the nascent fields of physical anthropology, which studied the biological evolution and variabilities of humans, and eugenics, a &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;racist&lt;/a&gt; pseudo-science that advocated for the selective breeding of human populations. &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Colonial&lt;/a&gt; governments and administrations, in particular, were deeply invested in using photography to classify and categorise colonised populations by racial and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnic&lt;/a&gt; ‘types’ based upon visible, physical characteristics as a means of asserting their authority to rule, govern, and control populations deemed less ‘developed’ than white Anglo-Europeans (Edwards 1994, Pinney 2011). Indeed, state-sponsored practices of using photographs as evidence of racialised differences lasted well into the twentieth century, with grave and violent consequences (see Morris-Reich 2016).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Early anthropologists such as A.C. Haddon, Franz Boas, and E.E. Evans-Pritchard recognised the scholarly significance of audiovisual documentation as a part of ethnographic fieldwork both as a memory aid but also as means of amplifying their research findings. They produced audio recordings, drawings, and photographs during their field research and also included numerous images in their publications (see also Bunn-Marcuse forthcoming, Joseph 2015). A few decades later, Margaret Mead and Gregory Bateson experimented with the possibilities of film and photography as a means of anthropological analysis as a part of their fieldwork in Bali (Bateson &amp;amp; Mead 1942, Jacknis 1988). For Mead and Bateson, film and photography allowed for the repeat, more systematic study of human non-verbal behavior and bodily movement through the use of photographic sequences and edited short films, featuring voice-over commentary and analysis.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Technological advances in film and audio recording in the mid-twentieth century afforded anthropologists and filmmakers increasing opportunities for film and photography to play a more central role in ethnographic and cross-cultural research because the actual recording technology was lighter, cheaper, and easier to learn than its predecessors (see Hockings 2003, Collier &amp;amp; Collier 1967). This is exemplified in films like &lt;em&gt;The hunters &lt;/em&gt;(1957) and &lt;em&gt;Dead birds&lt;/em&gt; (1964) which were produced as part of research expeditions sponsored by Harvard University/Peabody Museum, the films of the &lt;em&gt;Turkana conversations trilogy&lt;/em&gt; of David and Judith MacDougall and the &lt;em&gt;Yanomami series &lt;/em&gt;of Timothy Asch, as well as the collaborative, shared anthropological films of Jean Rouch, such as &lt;em&gt;Jaguar&lt;/em&gt; (1967) and &lt;em&gt;Moi, un Noir &lt;/em&gt;(1958) (see also Rouch 2003). Despite the proliferation of ethnographic film during this period, or perhaps precisely because of it, the capacity of film and visual images to communicate anthropological knowledge (or ‘facts’ more generally) emerged as a point of suspicion and anxiety within the discipline. The ‘iconophobia’ of mainstream anthropologists resulted in the marginalisation of the subfield (Taylor 1996; Mead 2003). Whereas text was capable of theory and analysis, the meaning of images was considered less easily controlled and thus more likely to be misunderstood or misinterpreted (MacDougall 1999).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nevertheless, alongside the rise in global commercial travel and the introduction of more affordable video recording technologies in the 1970s, visual anthropology programs, labs, and centres have been established within a number of academic anthropology departments (see Ruby 2000, 2001). These programs offer more formal research and training opportunities in ethnographic film production, media analysis, and the anthropology of visual culture, although visual anthropology classes are also widely taught in departments without such institutionalised programs. Combined with the ‘&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21writing&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;writing culture&lt;/a&gt;’ debates around power imbalances and representational authority in ethnographic description and analysis, scholarship in visual anthropology has prompted important critiques of anthropological image-making and image use, as well as new anthropological approaches to understanding visual experience as a cultural practice.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nowadays, it is nearly impossible to imagine conducting ethnographic fieldwork without a camera of some kind, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18digital&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;digital&lt;/a&gt; technologies make it possible for nearly every camera to operate in a still or video mode. The global reach of media technologies has also expanded the horizons of visual anthropology, which increasingly overlaps with the subfields of digital anthropology, media anthropology, and sensory anthropology. Furthermore, while the number of visual anthropology degree programs has continued to grow, many more university departments and institutions have laboratory spaces or research groups dedicated to exploring new and re-newed theoretical and methodological potentials of visual and/or media-based scholarship in anthropology. This growth reflects the continued relevance and appeal of visual and other non-text based forms of anthropological work. The revival of interest in the photo-essay, and more broadly the critical use of photographs in anthropological scholarship, is one such recent development in visual anthropology.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn4&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref4&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref4&quot;&gt;[4]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt; Nonetheless, ethnographic film continues to be the most recognisable ‘product’ of the field.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ethnographic film in practice and as theory&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The prominence of ethnographic film in the history of visual anthropology cannot be overstated, despite the fact that &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22photography&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;photography&lt;/a&gt; and sound recordings were also fundamental parts of early ethnographic fieldwork. The history and development of ethnographic film over the twentieth century has also been extensively studied (see, for example, Henley 2020, Loizos 1993), including the connections between ethnographic film and early cinema (especially travelogues) (see Griffiths 2002, Groo 2019), and the parallel development of ethnographic film and documentary film practices and theory (see Grimshaw &amp;amp; Ravetz 2009, Rony 1996). Films made by anthropologists or as part of ethnographic research projects quite literally make visible and more accessible the work of anthropology, from the process of fieldwork to the analysis of cultural &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16values&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;values&lt;/a&gt;, beliefs, and behaviours. Moreover, with its combination of sound and moving image, the film medium can be regarded as more akin to lived experience, more immediately apprehensible, and more capable of communicating anthropological insights to a broader public.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Comprehensive accounts by and analyses of various influential ethnographic filmmakers have been published (Grimshaw 2001, MacDonald 2013, MacDougall 1999 and 2006, Rouch 2003, Ruby 2000). Among the many oft-cited ethnographic filmmakers includes Margaret Mead, who sought to harness the pedagogical, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;scientific&lt;/a&gt;, and public-facing possibilities of the film medium. For Mead, film was a way to show and analyze human cultural lives in ways that text could not, although her films relied heavily upon intertitles and didactic voice-overs to interpret the filmed materials for viewers (see &lt;em&gt;Trance and dance in Bali&lt;/em&gt; [1952]). Later, Jean Rouch, working in France and postcolonial West Africa, upended the expectation that an ethnographic film necessarily had to record ‘real life’ in front of the camera in favor of what he called a ‘shared anthropology’ (Rouch 2003). In films such as &lt;em&gt;Jaguar &lt;/em&gt;(1967) and &lt;em&gt;Moi, un Noir &lt;/em&gt;(1958) which explored migrant youth experiences and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21masculinity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;masculinity&lt;/a&gt;, Rouch worked collaboratively with long-term friends and interlocutors, producing ‘ethno-fictional’ films composed of pre-planned scenes coupled with voice-over narrations added during post-production. The resulting films are both fictional, in that they are not direct recordings of an event or experience, and ethnographic, in that they explore and reflect socio-cultural lives, belief systems, and values.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Other key figures in ethnographic film history include John Marshall for his films on the lives and experiences of Ju/&#039;hoansi of southern Africa (present-day Namibia), beginning with &lt;em&gt;The hunters&lt;/em&gt; (1957) and up to the five-part &lt;em&gt;A Kalahari family&lt;/em&gt; series (2002). Marshall’s many films on Ju/’hoansi began as part of research programs intended to ‘document’ a &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20hunt&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;hunter-gatherer&lt;/a&gt; society that was presumed to be ‘disappearing’ in the modern era, and led to his continued advocacy with Ju/’hoansi and !Kung for the next half-century (see Anderson &amp;amp; Benson 1993). The films of Robert Gardner, whose early work was also conducted as part of research expeditions, reflect and challenge the capacity of film to communicate anthropological arguments (Gardner 2008). &lt;em&gt;Dead birds &lt;/em&gt;(1964) utilised many formal elements associated with anthropological filmmaking at the time (explanatory voice-over and a focus on a so-called ‘primitive’ society), although the film addressed the more universal subject of human warfare and violence. However, by the time Gardner made &lt;em&gt;Forest of bliss &lt;/em&gt;in 1986, he plunged viewers into the Indian city of Benares and local patterns of worship and religious experience without any explanatory text or narration, thus leaving the ‘meaning’ of the film ostensibly open to viewer interpretation (though of course the film was deliberately and carefully edited).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The stylistic and formal differences between Gardner’s &lt;em&gt;Dead birds&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Forest of bliss &lt;/em&gt;represent a broader formal development in ethnographic film in the second half of the twentieth century. While many ethnographic films from the 1950s through to the 1970s tended to rely upon voice-over narration to explain or describe film sequences, an observational mode of ethnographic filmmaking gradually came to dominate the aesthetic and formal style of ethnographic film today (see Grimshaw &amp;amp; Ravetz 2009, Henley 2020). Known as ‘observational cinema’, it reflects a perspective on social and cultural lives, emphasising an ‘unprivileged camera style’ (MacDougall 1982), where the filmmaker and the camera’s presence are a part of (but not dominant in) the filmed encounter. What is presented should, to the best extent possible, reflect what one could actually experience in a particular socio-cultural context.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn5&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref5&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref5&quot;&gt;[5]&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/sup&gt;Formally, this meant eschewing voice-over narrations and montage editing, and relying on long takes that reflect the pace of life and conversation as it unfolds. David and Judith MacDougall were among the first ethnographic filmmakers to utilise subtitles in their films and thus ‘give voice’ directly to the film’s characters (see MacDougall 1995); their &lt;em&gt;Turkana conversations trilogy &lt;/em&gt;films from the 1970s are widely regarded as embodying the concept and practice of observational cinema. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The approach and aesthetic of observational cinema continues to largely define ethnographic filmmaking at present, albeit with slight differences in styles and techniques. This formal ‘style’ of ethnographic film, the ways in which ethnographic observation can be represented in and through film, and the power dynamics alternately revealed and obscured by formal choices in filmmaking continue to constitute central issues in ethnographic film theory (MacDougall 1999, Grimshaw 2001 and 2009, Suhr &amp;amp; Willerslev 2012). Since the early 2000s, some of the most widely discussed films within and beyond anthropology have been produced by scholars and students affiliated with the Sensory Ethnography Lab (SEL) at Harvard University.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn6&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref6&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref6&quot;&gt;[6]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt; An attention to sound (spoken and ambient), sequence and temporality (especially the long take), and image composition characterise these films (see Nakamura 2013, Lee 2019). Films such as&lt;em&gt; Leviathan&lt;/em&gt; (2012), &lt;em&gt;Manakamana &lt;/em&gt;(2014), and &lt;em&gt;Demolition/Chaiqian&lt;/em&gt; (2008) have prompted much-needed discussions within anthropology on the question of aesthetics, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ethics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethics&lt;/a&gt;, and representations of other lives (human and non-human) (on &lt;em&gt;Leviathan, &lt;/em&gt;see the special issue of &lt;em&gt;Visual Anthropology Review &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;31&lt;/strong&gt;(1); also Spray 2020 and Sniadecki 2014). Taken together, what can be called the contemporary ‘observational-sensory’ convention of ethnographic film-making reveals an unease with the limits and possibilities of ethnographic film to both convey cultural experiences and to respect (and reflect) cultural differences (Chio 2020).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Even more important for the future of visual anthropology, increasing numbers of anthropologists now engage in filmmaking as a means of presenting knowledge to broader publics, including to research communities. They push the possibilities of film as a mode of ethnographic inquiry while also offering a much-needed expansion and diversification of the ethnographic film ‘canon’. Anthropologist-filmmakers such as Harjant Gill, Anna Grimshaw, Lina Fruzzetti and Ákös Öster, Hu Tai-Li, Karen Nakamura, and Deborah Thomas and John Jackson, Jr., among many others, have produced ethnographic films that formally range from the more ‘purely’ observational (&lt;em&gt;Seed and earth&lt;/em&gt; [1995], &lt;em&gt;At low tide&lt;/em&gt; [2016]) to more interview-driven (&lt;em&gt;Mardistan &lt;/em&gt;[2014], &lt;em&gt;Bad friday&lt;/em&gt; [2011]). One commonality across many recent ethnographic films is the self-conscious filmmaker, whose presence or absence is posited as a deliberate and meaningful choice to yield the cinematic space to the film’s subjects and their experiences/expertise (see Grimshaw’s four-part series, &lt;em&gt;Mr. Coperthwaite: a life in the Maine woods &lt;/em&gt;[2013]) or to emphasise the role of the anthropologist in unraveling and motivating the encounters thusly filmed (see &lt;em&gt;Death by myth &lt;/em&gt;[2002], the final film in Marshall’s &lt;em&gt;A Kalahari family &lt;/em&gt;series; &lt;em&gt;Coffee futures&lt;/em&gt; [2009]). Frequently, the anthropologist-filmmaker is positioned somewhere in between these poles – acknowledging her/his place within the film through carefully chosen moments of direct address (see &lt;em&gt;农家乐 &lt;/em&gt;&lt;em&gt;Peasant family happiness &lt;/em&gt;[2013]).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In addition to internal debates over ethnography and the use-value of film, advances in relatively more affordable video technologies and a growing interest from mainstream media networks in cross-cultural issues and documentary film (see Grimshaw 2001, Henley 2020) mean that the ethics, power dynamics, and reception of ethnographic films have been increasingly questioned. Experimental filmmakers such as Chick Strand, Maya Deren, and Trinh T. Minh-ha revisited documentary assumptions, ethnographic film aesthetics, and anthropological authority in their works. Their films pose searing critiques of cross-cultural representation and the ways in which documentary filmmaking has reinforced oppressive hierarchies of power and knowledge (see Ramey 2011, Rony 1996, Russell 1999, and Suhr &amp;amp; Willerslev 2013). Another key factor that has shaped visual anthropology since the 1980s has been the widespread movement to engage in more collaborative research and analysis. As discussed in the following section, the rise and recognition of Indigenous and activist media productions around the globe have prompted new research directions and new forms of critique, collaboration, and reflexivity.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The parallax effect: Indigenous and activist media&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Concerns between ethnographic film and media practices by Indigenous, minoritised, and other cultural activist communities tend to converge, though not necessarily in agreement, around questions of power, cultural identity, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonial/post-colonial&lt;/a&gt; conditions. This has been succinctly described by Faye Ginsburg (1995) in her influential concept of the ‘parallax effect’. For Ginsburg, the parallax effect suggests that while both ethnographic film and Indigenous media are cinematic representations of culture, Indigenous media offers ‘slightly different angles of vision’. Namely, while the ostensible &lt;em&gt;subject &lt;/em&gt;of the films may be the same (Indigenous or other non-majority cultural lives), the &lt;em&gt;perspectives &lt;/em&gt;offered diverge, often dramatically, between what can be simplified as an ‘outside’ (or etic) approach by &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographers&lt;/a&gt; and an ‘inside’ (emic) view from the community or an individual within the community thusly represented. When considered together, Ginsburg argues, the effect can be a ‘fuller comprehension of the complexity of the social phenomenon we call culture and those media representations that self-consciously engage with it’ (1995: 65). The concept of a ‘parallax effect’ is grounded in earlier debates on the ‘crisis of representation’ in anthropology broadly, as well as calls for ethnographic film and filmmakers to acknowledge and yield authorial power to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17voice&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;voices&lt;/a&gt; of those who are more typically the subjects of film, rather than the creators (see Chen 1992, Ginsburg 1994, Nichols 1994, Weinberger 1994, Weiner 1997).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Indigenous media in particular has pushed scholarship in visual anthropology to confront the imbalance of power between the filmmaker and the ‘filmed’ and to concede some authorial control over the creation and content of media. It includes any and all ‘forms of media expression conceptualized, produced, and circulated by Indigenous peoples around the globe as vehicles for communication’ (Wilson, Hearn, Córdova &amp;amp; Thorner 2014). Projects to ‘give the camera back,’ including &lt;em&gt;Through Navajo eyes &lt;/em&gt;(Worth &amp;amp; Adair 1972), &lt;em&gt;Video nas Aldeias &lt;/em&gt;(Carelli 1988), and the Kayapo video project (Turner 1992), provide equipment and basic training to Indigenous individuals without delineating a particular product or goal beyond what participants themselves deem important or significant. Such earlier efforts were subject to critique, however, because regardless of good intentions, questions of power, authority, and control permeate throughout any media-making endeavor, beginning with the provision of resources (cameras, editing suites, microphones, and time to participate in training) to the distribution of the productions (networking with television stations and film festivals, storage requirements, and so on) (see Moore 1996).&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn7&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref7&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref7&quot;&gt;[7]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nowadays, Indigenous media ranges from national television broadcast programs to radio, experimental &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22art&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;arts&lt;/a&gt;, documentaries, and narrative film. They are united by a commitment to representing the experiences, perspectives, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16values&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;values&lt;/a&gt; of Indigenous communities from their points of view, rather than from that of dominant, mainstream society. Assertions of political self-determination, sovereignty, and cultural preservation tend to be at the forefront of much Indigenous media (e.g. &lt;em&gt;Angry Inuk &lt;/em&gt;[2016]), although these are by no means prescriptive or absolute limits on the possible diversity of themes and topics that they can and do address (Aufderheide 2008, Ginsburg 2016, Wilson &amp;amp; Stewart 2008). Visual anthropologists, Indigenous and non-Indigenous, have been involved and engaged with Indigenous media ethnographically by studying Indigenous media productions, from visual arts (Mithlo 2009, Myers 2002, Hennessy, Smith &amp;amp; Hogue 2018) to radio (Fisher &amp;amp; Bessire 2012) to film (Dowell 2017), but also &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20pros&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;professionally&lt;/a&gt;, for example as consultants for television programming (Deger 2006, Michaels 1991 and 1993) and as curators (see, for example, Mithlo&#039;s curatorial work at the Venice Biennale). Recent collaborations between anthropologists and Indigenous media makers, such as Miyarrka Media (2019), the Karrabing Film Collective (Lea &amp;amp; Povinelli 2018), and a forthcoming &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18digital&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;digital&lt;/a&gt; publication that reassesses Kwakiutl films and audio recordings made with Franz Boas (Bunn-Marcuse), emphasise a more equal foundation for media-making in an increasingly media-saturated world.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Activist media by minoritised, oppressed, and marginalised communities have further amplified the need to confront the often unquestioned, or under-addressed, ‘authority’ of mainstream media practioners, scholars, artists, and global political elites to depict and represent ‘other’ cultural lives. Scholarship on activist media, in turn, offers a much-needed challenge to reconsider and reshape media practice by confronting, head on, how media representations are a means of political control and potential &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16resistance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resistance&lt;/a&gt; (see Osman 2019 on the interpellation of African Americans, Muslims, and Muslim Americans in US media in the post-9/11 era). Autoethnography, which adopts a deliberately self-concious and personal perspective on social conditions, has been an especially powerful mode of activist media-making (for example, see Russell 1999 on autoethnographic queer films and queer filmmaker networks in the United States). Autoethnographic films by anthropologists, such as &lt;em&gt;Postcards from Tora Bora &lt;/em&gt;(Dolak &amp;amp; Osman 2007) about a young Afghan-American woman’s return to her &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20child&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;childhood&lt;/a&gt; home two decades after fleeing Afghanistan with her family, and &lt;em&gt;In my mother’s house&lt;/em&gt; (Fruzzetti &amp;amp; Östör 2017), tracing a personal journey through a matrix of Eritrean, Italian, and American colonial and post-colonial kin &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt;, further demonstrate the possibilities of a self-reflexively active, if not explicitly activist, approach. Taken together, Indigenous and activist media have freed visual anthropology, and ethnographic film in particular, from the confines of representing a fixed, or observable, cultural ‘reality’ in favor of exploring the possibilities of film and media practice for understanding and questioning social, cultural, and political conditions.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;An anthropology of the visual&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The analytical approaches taken by visual anthropologists towards Indigenous and activist media make clear the doubled ambitions of the subfield: to communicate anthropological knowledge through visual and other non-textual media &lt;em&gt;as well as &lt;/em&gt;to engage in anthropological analyses of the visual world, including bodily gestures, visual practices, and different forms of media (for example, see Banks &amp;amp; Morphy 1997). The anthropology of the visual shares broad concerns with the emergence of visual culture studies and the ‘visual turn’ in the humanities (Jay 2002, Mitchell 2005). These emphasise how visual practices and visual media circulate and create meaning within culturally specific contexts.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As noted earlier, the deeply intertwined relationship between &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22photography&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;photography&lt;/a&gt; and the development of anthropology from the late 1800s to the present has been one of the most significant ‘cultural contexts’ studied. The history of photography in anthropology illuminates the critical theoretical work of visual anthropologists in understanding photography, and how the specific qualities of the photographic medium as still images with a specific materiality, and distinct photographic genres such as portraiture, convey meaning. At the same time, photographs have shaped the discipline and its core assumptions and concepts (Edwards 1994 and 2001, Pinney 2011). They have served as evidence &lt;em&gt;of &lt;/em&gt;anthropological insights and concepts, as in Mead and Bateson’s &lt;em&gt;Balinese character &lt;/em&gt;(1942) discussed earlier; likewise, photography functioned as a medium of power and a means of questioning power &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; in anthropology (Edwards 2011). Both photo-elicitation and participatory photography are methodological interventions that have been adopted by visual anthropologists in order to address &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;historical&lt;/a&gt; and existing power dynamics within the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; encounter and also to explore the processes through which individuals make meaning out of and from visual representations (see Bowles 2017, Fattal 2020).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ethnographies of photography situate photographs within specific histories and conditions of image production and circulation. Significant, for visual anthropology, is the close attention to the visual image as a material object in the world that leads to specific material practices. Insofar as photographs exist on paper, on hand-held screens, or otherwise they are not just as ‘representations of’ an assumedly more real reality elsewhere (Pinney 2011, Pinney &amp;amp; Peterson 2003, Wright 2013). Methodologically, the ethnography of photography requires the work of ‘visual detection’ (Gürsel 2018) and a practical as well as theoretical perspective on how particular kinds of photographs are made. For example, Brent Luvaas (2016 and 2019) ethnographically analyzes the production, aesthetisation, and creation of ‘street style’ fashion photography both on the ground as a photographic practice and online as genre of (commercially valuable) social media. Zeynep Gürsel, exploring how editorial newsrooms select news photographs, has called this process ‘formative fictions’ because the editorial process itself is where social meaning is created and communicated (2016). Similarly, Rebecca Carter (2019) analyzed the news circulation of a photograph of her family’s &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19home&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;home&lt;/a&gt; as it was burning in the wake of Hurricane Katrina in New Orleans. Studies of studio portraiture especially have revealed how photography has been valued and productively deployed in imagining social status and belonging (see Banfill 2020, Sprague 1978a and 1978b). Portraiture, whether photographic or painted, commissioned or literally taken in the case of early anthropometric photography, provides a wide arena for reconsidering representation and the power of the image in assertions of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24agency&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;agency&lt;/a&gt; (see Buggenhagen 2017 on post-colonial portraits by Senegalese artist Omar Victor Diop).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Although photography occupies a significant place within the anthropology of the visual, visual images as they exist and are seen in the world today surpass it. Focusing on these images in general addresses the image-saturated condition of the contemporary moment and the nature of ‘image-events’ (Strassler 2020). As a political process, Karen Strassler posits, image-events acknowledge how images can become central to political and social contestations in public and across different publics. Images of all kinds are active agents in shaping society and social expectations, as Arlene Dávila (2012 and 2020) has shown in her studies of Latinx marketing, media, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22art&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;art&lt;/a&gt;. This focus on visuality, or taking the visual as an analytic, allows for an anthropology of the visual that can look beyond the making of representations and towards the ways in which representations in turn shape lived experiences (see, for example, Chio 2014 and 2017b on the visual expediencies of rural ethnic &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17tourism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;tourism&lt;/a&gt; in China).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The theoretical and thematic overlaps between scholarship in the anthropology of the visual, media anthropology, and visual culture are indicative of how multi-layered visual media really are. Any single image, whether a photograph, a drawing, a film still, or a digital rendering, can now be relatively easily printed, stored, digitised, animated, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21sharing&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;shared&lt;/a&gt;, and so on, making it ever more difficult and important to critically examine disciplinary assumptions about what images mean and whether and how the medium itself may be the message (following McLuhan 1994 [1964]). The anthropology of the visual also underpins and buttresses calls within visual anthropology to take medium specificity more seriously and to consider the wide array of possible media for the communication of anthropological and ethnographic knowledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;From visual to multimodal?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In recent years, the term ‘multimodal anthropology’ has emerged alongside the term visual anthropology. The argument for ‘multimodal anthropology’ is to reflect changes in the media ecology and to acknowledge the diversity of media long employed by anthropologists (Collins, Durington &amp;amp; Gill 2017: 142). One central impetus for the wider adoption of ‘multimodal’ to describe non-text scholarship by anthropologists is the fact that ‘visual’ as a term is limiting and not entirely accurate when describing the vast scope of genres and media utilised by anthropologists. Films and videos, most obviously, incorporate careful and deliberate soundtracks, whether spoken, musical, or ambient; &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22photography&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;photographs&lt;/a&gt; are images &lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt; material objects; sound and sonic experiences themselves constitute particular ways of encountering and understanding (see Feld 2012, Phillips &amp;amp; Vidali 2017); performance, from &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25dance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;dance&lt;/a&gt; to theatre to improvisational, have all been utilised and theorised by anthropologists as a scholarly form of knowledge communication (Kondo 2018). The term ‘sensory ethnography’ has also been used to capture some of these dynamics, whether through film and sound work (as in the Sensory Ethnography Lab) or through &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographies&lt;/a&gt; of sensory experience (Howes 2019, Pink 2015). Multimodal anthropology, more broadly, asserts the possibility to reinvent anthropology itself, by foregrounding the ‘multiple ways of doing anthropology that create different ways of knowing and learning together’ (Dattatreyan &amp;amp; Marrero-Guillamón 2019: 220).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This recent attention to multimodality in anthropology can, in part, be traced to the ‘ethnographic turn’ in contemporary &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22art&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;art&lt;/a&gt; practice (Foster 1995, Grimshaw &amp;amp; Ravetz 2015, Rutten, van Diederen &amp;amp; Soetaert 2013, Takaragawa &amp;amp; Halloran 2017). In fact, artists share many of the concerns of anthropologists over the politics, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ethics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethics&lt;/a&gt;, and poetics involved in multiple media. For example, Ethnographic Terminalia, a curatorial collective that organised annual exhibition programs alongside the annual meetings of the American Anthropological Association from 2009-2019, staged installations that deliberately combined works from anthropologists and artists to interrogate key conceptual and theoretical intersections. Annual themes included communities of practice (2011), memory and the archive (2014), and the past and future of the photo-essay (2016). WakandaAAA University, a project aiming to build ‘an ethno-future space beyond whiteness that challenges anthropology from the ground up’, appeared for the second time in 2019 as a part of the final Ethnographic Terminalia. Featuring open spaces and scheduled events, including a &#039;cyborg sandbox&#039;, a virtual reality gallery, and a silent rave, the project advocated for, in its own words, ‘Down with heroes and their narratives. Up with genre-busting and serious play’.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn8&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref8&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref8&quot;&gt;[8]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The effect of the move towards multimodal anthropology has not only been the acknowledgement and creation of different forms of anthropological scholarship. More importantly, anthropologists are challenged to imagine a multitude of possible anthropologies, to experiment with the methods and practice of ethnography, and to look beyond other anthropologists for inspiration and direction.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn9&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref9&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref9&quot;&gt;[9]&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/sup&gt;Of course, this is not to say that multimodal anthropology, as a concept, is without its own blinders and assumptions. Just as visual anthropology has often been equated with the production of ethnographic film, multimodal anthropology is frequently associated with the use of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18digital&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;digital&lt;/a&gt; media as a supposedly more accessible and democratic mode of engagement. But ‘[t]here is nothing inherently liberatory about multimodal approaches in anthropology’ (Takaragawa &lt;em&gt;et al.&lt;/em&gt; 2019: 517). After all, earlier research showed clearly that ethnographic films often reinforced stereotypes among audiences, instead of challenging or dismantling them (Martinez 1995). Likewise, the uptake of digital or multimedia technologies is not, in itself, transformative. Rather, as Stephanie Takaragawa &lt;em&gt;et al.&lt;/em&gt; argue:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;rteindent1&quot;&gt;as our discipline(s) increasingly advocates for the multimodal in the service of anthropology, there is a need for deep engagement with the multimodal’s position as an expression of technoscientific praxis, which is complicit in the reproduction of power hierarchies in the context of global capitalism, &#039;capital accumulation&#039; (Collins, Durington &amp;amp; Gill 2017: 144), and other forms of oppression (2019: 517).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The conversation around multimodal anthropology has continued to press anthropology, writ large, to take account of and interrogate its own structures of status, hierarchy, and privilege in what ‘counts’ as scholarship. More importantly and more widely, multimodal anthropology has the potential to expand the tools and theories at hand for engaging in cross-cultural research, analysis, and representational projects. This discussion is rooted in the very nature of the work of visual anthropology, which from its very beginnings has been committed to the search for more compelling means of communicating the insights of ethnography.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conclusion: visual experiences and visual experiments&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In a way, visual anthropology as a separate subfield is arguably no longer needed. The number of ethnographic film festivals globally continues to increase, not decrease. Related subfields of media anthropology, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18digital&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;digital anthropology,&lt;/a&gt; and multimodal anthropology seem to encompass much of what used to be considered the analytical terrain of the visual. If anything, however, these developments underpin the ongoing influence and importance of visual anthropology. From early efforts in ethnographic filmmaking to the self-critique brought about by Indigenous media to the desire to work differently embodied in the calls for multimodality, visual anthropology has always been concerned with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ethics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethics&lt;/a&gt; and epistemology of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnography&lt;/a&gt; and theory building.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The proliferation of image-making and image-sharing technologies in the world today thus circles back to a fundamental question: how might all of these different ways of doing research and analysis make for better anthropology? And who gets to decide what is better, or what needs improving, in the first place? Clearly there are no firm or final answers to these broad questions, which by necessity should return time and time again. What visual anthropology has done and must continue to do is to carve out space for scholars, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22art&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;artists&lt;/a&gt;, and activists to learn from the visual experiences of others and to open themselves to visual experiments of their own.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Aufderheide, P. 2008. ‘You see the world of the other and you look at your own’: the evolution of the video in the Villages Project. &lt;em&gt;Journal of Film and Video&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;60&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 26-34.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anderson, C., &amp;amp; T.W. Benson 1993. Put down the camera and pick up the shovel: an interview with John Marshall. In &lt;em&gt;The cinema of John Marshall&lt;/em&gt; (ed.) J. Ruby, 135-67. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Banks, M. &amp;amp; H. Morphy 1997. &lt;em&gt;Rethinking visual anthropology. &lt;/em&gt;New Haven: Yale University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Banks, M. &amp;amp; J. Ruby (eds) 2011. &lt;em&gt;Made to be seen: perspectives on the history of visual anthropology. &lt;/em&gt;Chicago: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Banfill, K. 2020. Retro Nuosu: reclaiming the past, present, and future through participatory portraits in Southwest China. &lt;em&gt;Visual Anthropology Review &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;36&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 296-318.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Barbash, I. &amp;amp; L. Taylor 1994. &lt;em&gt;Cross-cultural filmmaking: a handbook for making documentary and ethnographic films and videos.&lt;/em&gt; Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bateson, G. &amp;amp; M. Mead 1942. &lt;em&gt;Balinese character: a photographic analysis. &lt;/em&gt;New York: New York Academy of Sciences.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bowles, L. 2017. Doing the snap: storytelling and participatory photography with women porters in Ghana. &lt;em&gt;Visual Anthropology Review &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;33&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 107-18.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Buggenhagen, B. 2017. If you were in my sneakers: migration stories in the studio photography of Dakar-based Omar Victor Diop. &lt;em&gt;Visual Anthropology Review &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;33&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 38-50.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bunn-Marcuse, K. (ed.) with C. Child, K. Child, and T. Child of the Kwakiutl (Kwagu’ł) First Nation. Forthcoming. &lt;em&gt;Ḵa̱n’s hiłile (Making it right): a collaborative reframing of Kwakiutl film and audio recordings with Franz Boas, 1930&lt;/em&gt;. Seattle: University of Washington Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Carelli, V. 1988. Video in the villages. &lt;em&gt;Commission on Visual Anthropology Newsletter&lt;/em&gt;, May.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Carter, R.L. 2019. A house in &lt;em&gt;Time: &lt;/em&gt;in search of a just image. &lt;em&gt;Visual Anthropology Review &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;35&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 123-37.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Chen, N. 1992. Speaking nearby: a conversation with Trinh T. Minh–ha. &lt;em&gt;Visual Anthropology Review&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;8&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 82-91.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Chio, J. 2014. &lt;em&gt;A landscape of travel: the work of tourism in rural ethnic China&lt;/em&gt;. Seattle: University of Washington Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2017a. Guiding lines. Member voices. &lt;em&gt;Fieldsights&lt;/em&gt;, May 2 (available online: &lt;a href=&quot;https://culanth.org/fieldsights/guiding-lines&quot;&gt;https://culanth.org/fieldsights/guiding-lines&lt;/a&gt;, accessed 31 August 2020).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2017b. Rendering rural modernity: spectacle and power in a Chinese ethnic tourism village. &lt;em&gt;Critique of Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;37&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 418-39.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2020. Theorizing in/of ethnographic film. In &lt;em&gt;The Routledge international handbook of ethnographic film and video&lt;/em&gt; (ed.) P. Vannini, 30-9. London: Routledge (available online: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780429196997-4&quot;&gt;https://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.4324/9780429196997-4&lt;/a&gt;, accessed 31 August 2020.)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Collier, J. &amp;amp; M. Collier 1967. &lt;em&gt;Visual anthropology: photography as a research method. &lt;/em&gt;Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Collins, S.G., M. Durington &amp;amp; H.S. Gill 2017. Multimodality: an invitation. &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;119&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 142-6.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Crawford, P.I. &amp;amp; D. Turton (eds) 1992. &lt;em&gt;Film as ethnography&lt;/em&gt;. Manchester: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dattatreyan, E.G. &amp;amp; I. Marrero-Guillamón 2019. Introduction: multimodal anthropology and the politics of invention. &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;121&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 220-8.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dávila, A. 2012 [2001]. &lt;em&gt;Latinos Inc.: marketing and the making of a people. &lt;/em&gt;Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2020. &lt;em&gt;Latinx art: artists, markets, and politics. &lt;/em&gt;Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Deger, J. 2006. &lt;em&gt;Shimmering screens: making media in an Aboriginal community. &lt;/em&gt;Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dowell, K. 2017. &lt;em&gt;Sovereign screens: Aboriginal media on the Canadian west coast&lt;/em&gt;. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Durrington, M. (2013). Ethnographic film. &lt;em&gt;Anthropology: Oxford bibliographies online &lt;/em&gt;(ed. J.L. Jackson Jr.)(available on-line: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.oxfordbibliographies.com/view/document/obo-9780199766567/obo-9780199766567-0110.xml&quot;&gt;https://www.oxfordbibliographies.com/view/document/obo-9780199766567/obo-9780199766567-0110.xml&lt;/a&gt;). Accessed June 2, 2021.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Edwards, E. 2001. &lt;em&gt;Raw histories: photographs, anthropology, and museums. &lt;/em&gt;London: Berg.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2011. Tracing photography. In &lt;em&gt;Made to be seen: perspectives on the history of visual anthropology &lt;/em&gt;(eds) M. Banks &amp;amp; J. Ruby, 159-89. Chicago: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— (ed.) 1994. &lt;em&gt;Anthropology and photography 1860-1920. &lt;/em&gt;New Haven: Yale University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;El Guindi, F. 2004. &lt;em&gt;Visual anthropology: essential theory and method.&lt;/em&gt; Lanham: Altamira Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elder, S. 1995. Collaborative filmmaking: an open space for making meaning, a moral ground for ethnographic film. &lt;em&gt;Visual Anthropology Review &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;11&lt;/strong&gt;, 94-101.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fattal, A. 2020. &lt;em&gt;Shooting cameras for peace: youth, photography, and the Colombian armed conflict / Disparando cámaras para la paz: juventud, fotografía, y el conflicto armado Colombiano. &lt;/em&gt;Cambridge, Mass.: Peabody Museum Press/Harvard University Press.  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Feld, S. 2012 [1982]. &lt;em&gt;Sound and sentiment: birds, weeping, poetics, and song in Kaluli expression&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fisher, D. &amp;amp; L. Bessire (eds) 2012. &lt;em&gt;Radio fields: anthropology and wireless sound in the 21&lt;sup&gt;st&lt;/sup&gt; century&lt;/em&gt;. New York: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Flores, C. Y. &amp;amp; A. Torresan 2018. Visual anthropology &lt;em&gt;from &lt;/em&gt;Latin America: an introduction. &lt;em&gt;Anthrovision &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;6&lt;/strong&gt;(2) (available online: &lt;a href=&quot;https://journals.openedition.org/anthrovision/3672&quot;&gt;https://journals.openedition.org/anthrovision/3672&lt;/a&gt;). Accessed 31 August 2020).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Foster, H. 1995. The artist as ethnographer? In &lt;em&gt;The traffic in culture: refiguring art and anthropology&lt;/em&gt; (eds.) G.E. Marcus &amp;amp; F. Myers, 302-9. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Friedman, P.K. 2017. Do we even need to define ethnographic film?. &lt;em&gt;Savage Minds &lt;/em&gt;(blog) (available on-line: &lt;a href=&quot;https://savageminds.org/2017/07/20/do-we-even-need-to-define-ethnographic-film/&quot;&gt;https://savageminds.org/2017/07/20/do-we-even-need-to-define-ethnographic-film/&lt;/a&gt;). Accessed 2 June 2021.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gardner, R. 2008. &lt;em&gt;The impulse to preserve: reflections of a filmmaker&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: Peabody Museum Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ginsburg, F. 1994. Culture/media: a (mild) polemic. &lt;em&gt;Anthropology Today&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;10&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 5-15.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 1995. The parallax effect: the impact of Aboriginal media on ethnographic film. &lt;em&gt;Visual Anthropology Review&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;11&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 64-76.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2016. Indigenous media from U-Matic to YouTube: media sovereignty in the digital age. &lt;em&gt;Sociologia &amp;amp; Antropologia&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;6&lt;/strong&gt;(3) (available on-line:  &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1590/2238-38752016v632&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1590/2238-38752016v632&lt;/a&gt;). Accessed 26 August 2020.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Griffiths, A. 2002. &lt;em&gt;Wondrous difference: cinema, anthropology, and turn-of-the-century visual culture&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Columbia University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Grimshaw, A. 2001. &lt;em&gt;The ethnographer’s eye: ways of seeing in anthropology. &lt;/em&gt;Cambridge: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— &amp;amp; N. Papastergiadis 1995. &lt;em&gt;Conversations with anthropological filmmakers: David MacDougall. &lt;/em&gt;Manchester: Prickly Pear Pamphlet Series.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Grimshaw, A. &amp;amp; A. Ravetz 2007. &lt;em&gt;Observational Cinema&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;Anthropology, Film, and the Exploration of Social Life&lt;/em&gt;. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2015. The ethnographic turn – and after: a critical approach towards the realignment of art and anthropology. &lt;em&gt;Social Anthropology/Anthropologie Sociale&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;23&lt;/strong&gt;, 418-34.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Groo, K. 2019. Bad film histories: ethnography and the early archive. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gürsel, Z.D. 2016. &lt;em&gt;Image brokers: visualizing world news in the age of digital circulation. &lt;/em&gt;Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2018. A picture of health: the search for a genre to visualize care in late Ottoman Istanbul. &lt;em&gt;Grey Room&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;72&lt;/strong&gt;, 36-67.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Henley, P. 2020. &lt;em&gt;Beyond observation: a history of authorship in ethnographic film. &lt;/em&gt;Manchester: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hennessy, K., T. Smith &amp;amp; T. Hogue 2018. ARCTICNOISE and broadcasting futures: Geronimo Inutiq remixes the Igloolik Isuma archive. &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;33&lt;/strong&gt;(2) Special Issue: Indigenous Media Futures (ed.) W. Lempert, 213-23.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hockings, P. (ed.) 2003 [1974]. &lt;em&gt;Principles of visual anthropology.&lt;/em&gt; The Hague: Mouton De Gruyter.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Howes, D. 2019. Multisensory anthropology. &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;48&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 17-28.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jacknis, J. 1988. Margaret Mead and Gregory Bateson in Bali: their use of photography and film. &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;3&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 160-77.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2016. Doing the history of anthropology as the history of visual representation. &lt;em&gt;History of Anthropology Newsletter&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;40&lt;/strong&gt; (available on-line: &lt;a href=&quot;https://histanthro.org/notes/doing-the-history-of-anthropology/&quot;&gt;https://histanthro.org/notes/doing-the-history-of-anthropology/&lt;/a&gt;). Accessed 31 August 2020.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jackson Jr, J.L. 2004. An ethnographic filmflam: giving gifts, doing research, and videotaping the Native subject/object. &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;106&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 32-42.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jay, M. 2002. That visual turn. &lt;em&gt;Journal of Visual Culture&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;1&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 87-92.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Joseph, C. 2015. Illustrating the anthropological text: drawings and photographs in Franz Boas’ &lt;em&gt;The social organization and the secret societies of the Kwakiutl&lt;/em&gt; &lt;em&gt;Indians&lt;/em&gt; (1897). In &lt;em&gt;Texts, transmissions, receptions: modern approaches to narratives&lt;/em&gt; (eds) A. Lardinois, S. Levie, H. Hoeken &amp;amp; C. Lathy, 221-39. Leiden: Brill.       &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kondo, D. 2018. &lt;em&gt;Worldmaking: race, performance, and the work of creativity. &lt;/em&gt;Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lea, T. &amp;amp; E. Povinelli 2018. Karrabing: an essay in keywords. &lt;em&gt;Visual Anthropology Review&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;34&lt;/strong&gt;(1) Special Issue: Hyperrealism and Other Indigenous Forms of ‘Faking It with the Truth’, 36-46.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lee, T. 2019. Beyond the ethico-aesthetic: toward a re-valuation of the sensory ethnography lab. &lt;em&gt;Visual Anthropology Review &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;35&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 138-47.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Loizos, P. 1993. &lt;em&gt;Innovation in ethnographic film: from innocence to self-consciousness 1955-1985&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lozada, E. 2006. Framing globalization: wedding pictures, funeral photography, and family snapshots in rural China. &lt;em&gt;Visual Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;19&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 87-103.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Luvaas, B. 2016. &lt;em&gt;Street style: an ethnography of fashion blogging. &lt;/em&gt;London: Bloomsbury.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2019. The camera and the anthropologist: reflections on photographic agency. &lt;em&gt;Visual Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;32&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 76-96.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;MacDonald, S. 2013. &lt;em&gt;American ethnographic film and personal documentary: the Cambridge turn. &lt;/em&gt;Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;MacDougall, D. 1982. Unprivileged camera style. &lt;em&gt;RAIN&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;50&lt;/strong&gt;, 8-10.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 1995. Subtitling ethnographic films: archetypes into individualities. &lt;em&gt;Visual Anthropology Review&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;11&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 83-91.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 1999. &lt;em&gt;Transcultural cinema&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2005. &lt;em&gt;The corporeal image: film, ethnography, and the senses. &lt;/em&gt;Princeton: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2019. &lt;em&gt;The looking machine: essays on cinema, anthropology, and documentary filmmaking. &lt;/em&gt;Manchester: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;McLuhan, M. 1994 [1964]. &lt;em&gt;Understanding media: the extensions of man. &lt;/em&gt;Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mead, M. 2003. Visual anthropology in a discipline of words. In &lt;em&gt;Principles of visual anthropology&lt;/em&gt; (ed.) P. Hocking, 3-10. The Hague: Mouton De Gruyter.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Michaels, E. 1991. Aboriginal content: who&#039;s got it—who needs it? &lt;em&gt;Visual Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;4&lt;/strong&gt;(3-4), 277-300.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 1993. &lt;em&gt;Bad Aboriginal art: tradition, media, and technological horizons. &lt;/em&gt;Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mithlo, N.M. 2009. &lt;em&gt;‘Our Indian princess’: subverting the stereotype.&lt;/em&gt; Santa Fe: School for Advanced Research Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Miyarrka Media 2019. &lt;em&gt;Phone and spear: a Yuta anthropology&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Morris-Reich, A. 2015. &lt;em&gt;Race and photography: racial photography as scientific evidence, 1876-1980. &lt;/em&gt;Chicago: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Moore, R. 1994. Marketing alterity. In &lt;em&gt;Visualizing theory: selected essays from V.A.R., 1990-94 &lt;/em&gt;(ed.) L. Taylor, 126-39. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Myers, F. 2002. &lt;em&gt;Painting culture: the making of Aboriginal high art. &lt;/em&gt;Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nakamura, K. 2013. Making sense of sensory ethnography: the sensory and the multisensory. &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;115&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 132-5.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nichols, B. 1994. &lt;em&gt;Blurred boundaries: questions of meaning in documentary. &lt;/em&gt;Bloomington: Indiana University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Osman, W. 2019. Racialized agents and villains of the security state: how African Americans are interpellated against Muslims and Muslim Americans. &lt;em&gt;Asian Diasporic Visual Cultures and the Americas&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;5&lt;/strong&gt;(1-2), 155-82.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Phillips, K. &amp;amp; D. Vidali 2017. Collisions: memory, voice, sound and physicality through a multi-sensorial radio remix installation. &lt;em&gt;Seismograf &lt;/em&gt;(available on-line: &lt;a href=&quot;https://seismograf.org/en/fokus/sound-art-matters/collisions-of-memory-voice-sound-and-physicality-though-a-multi-sensorial-radio-remix&quot;&gt;https://seismograf.org/en/fokus/sound-art-matters/collisions-of-memory-voice-sound-and-physicality-though-a-multi-sensorial-radio-remix&lt;/a&gt;). Accessed 1 September 2020.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Pink, S. 2015 [2012]. &lt;em&gt;Doing sensory ethnography. &lt;/em&gt;London: Sage.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Pinney, C. 1997. &lt;em&gt;Camera Indica: the social life of Indian photographs.&lt;/em&gt; Chicago: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2011. &lt;em&gt;Photography and anthropology&lt;/em&gt;. London: Reaktion Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Pinney, C. &amp;amp; N. Peterson (eds) 2003. &lt;em&gt;Photography’s other histories&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ramey, K. 2011. Productive dissonance and sensuous image-making: visual anthropology and experimental film. In &lt;em&gt;Made to be seen: perspectives on the history of visual anthropology&lt;/em&gt; (eds) M. Banks &amp;amp; J. Ruby, 256-87. Chicago: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rony, F.T. 1996. &lt;em&gt;The third eye: race, cinema, and ethnographic spectacle. &lt;/em&gt;Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rouch, J. 2003. &lt;em&gt;Cine-ethnography &lt;/em&gt;(trans. S. Feld)&lt;em&gt;. &lt;/em&gt;Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ruby, J. 2000. &lt;em&gt;Picturing culture: explorations of film and anthropology. &lt;/em&gt;Chicago: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2001. The professionalization of visual anthropology in the United States: the 1960s and 1970s. &lt;em&gt;Visual Anthropology Review&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;17&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 5-12.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Russell, C. 1999. &lt;em&gt;Experimental ethnography: the work of film in the age of video. &lt;/em&gt;Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rutten, K., A. van Dienderen &amp;amp; R. Soetaert 2013. Revisiting the ethnographic turn in contemporary art. &lt;em&gt;Critical Arts&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;27&lt;/strong&gt;(5), 459-73.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sniadecki, J.P. 2014.  Chaiqian/demolition. &lt;em&gt;Visual Anthropology Review&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;30&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 23-37.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sprague, S. 1978a. Yoruba photography: how the Yoruba see themselves. &lt;em&gt;African Arts&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;12&lt;/strong&gt;, 52-107.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 1978b. How I see the Yoruba see themselves. &lt;em&gt;Studies in Visual Communication&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;5&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 9-29.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Spray, S. 2020. Filming the other. In &lt;em&gt;The Routledge international handbook of ethnographic film and video&lt;/em&gt; (ed.) P. Vannini, 40-8. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Suhr, C. 2019. &lt;em&gt;Descending with angels: Islamic exorcism and psychiatry: a film monograph. &lt;/em&gt;Manchester: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Strassler, K. 2020. &lt;em&gt;Demanding images: democracy, mediation, and the image-event in Indonesia.&lt;/em&gt; Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Strathern, M. 2018. Portraits, characters and persons. &lt;em&gt;Social Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;26&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 197-210.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Suhr, C. &amp;amp; R. Willerslev 2012. Can film show the invisible? The work of Montage in ethnographic filmmaking. &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;53&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 282-301.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———  (eds) 2013. &lt;em&gt;Transcultural montage&lt;/em&gt;. London: Berghahn.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Takaragawa, S., T.L. Smith, K. Hennessy, P. Astacio Alvarez, J. Chio, C. Nye &amp;amp; S. Shankar 2019. Bad habitus: anthropology in the age of the multimodal. &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;121&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 517-24.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Takaragawa, S. &amp;amp; L. Halloran 2017. Exploring the links of contemporary art and anthropology: archiving epistemologies&lt;em&gt;. &lt;/em&gt;&lt;em&gt;Critical Arts &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;31&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 127-39.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Taylor, L. 1996. Iconophobia. &lt;em&gt;Transition &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;69&lt;/strong&gt;, 64-88.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Turner, T. 1992. Defiant images: the Kayapo appropriation of video. &lt;em&gt;Anthropology Today &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;8&lt;/strong&gt;(6), 5-16.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Vannini, P. (ed.) 2020. &lt;em&gt;The Routledge international handbook of ethnogrpahic film and video&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Weinberger, E. 1994. The camera people. In &lt;em&gt;Visualizing theory&lt;/em&gt; (ed.) L. Taylor, 3-26. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Weiner, J.F. 1997. Televisualist anthropology. &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;38&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 197-234.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wilson, P. &amp;amp; M. Stewart (eds) 2008. &lt;em&gt;Global Indigenous media: culture, poetics, politics. &lt;/em&gt;Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wilson, P., J. Hearne, A. Cordóva &amp;amp; S. Thorner 2017. Indigenous media. &lt;em&gt;Cinema and media studies: Oxford bibliographies online &lt;/em&gt;(available online: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.oxfordbibliographies.com/view/document/obo-9780199791286/obo-9780199791286-0229.xml&quot;&gt;https://www.oxfordbibliographies.com/view/document/obo-9780199791286/obo-9780199791286-0229.xml&lt;/a&gt;). Accessed 26 August 2020.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wright, C. 2013. &lt;em&gt;The echo of things: the lives of photographs in the Solomon Islands.&lt;/em&gt; Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Worth, S. &amp;amp; J. Adair 1972. &lt;em&gt;Through Navajo eyes. &lt;/em&gt;Bloomington: Indiana University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Films and Videos Cited&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Archei, O., T. Blumenfield &amp;amp; R. Duoji 2015. &lt;em&gt;Some Na ceremonies&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: Berkeley Media, 31 minutes, digital video.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Arnaquq-Baril, A. 2016. &lt;em&gt;Angry Inuk. &lt;/em&gt;National Film Board of Canada, 85 minutes, digital video.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Asch, T. 1968-1976. &lt;em&gt;Yanomami series&lt;/em&gt; (22 films). Watertown, Mass.: Documentary Educational Resources, 428 minutes, film.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Castaing-Taylor, L. &amp;amp; V. Páravel 2013. &lt;em&gt;Leviathan. &lt;/em&gt;New York: Cinema Guild, 87 minutes, digital video.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Chio, J. 2013. &lt;em&gt;农家乐&lt;/em&gt;&lt;em&gt; Peasant family happiness. &lt;/em&gt;Berkeley: Berkeley Media, 71 minutes, digital video.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dolak, K. &amp;amp; W. Osman 2007. &lt;em&gt;Postcards from Tora Bora. &lt;/em&gt;Watertown, Mass.: Documentary Education Resources, 82 minutes, digital video.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fattal, A. 2009. &lt;em&gt;Trees Tropiques&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: Berkeley Media, 30 minutes, digital video.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fruzzetti, L. &amp;amp; Á. Öster 1995. &lt;em&gt;Seed and earth&lt;/em&gt;. Watertown, Mass.: Documentary Educational Resources, 36 minutes, film.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2016. &lt;em&gt;In my mother’s house: tracing a family history from Italy to Eritrea&lt;/em&gt;. Watertown, Mass.: Documentary Education Resources. 82 minutes, digital video.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gardner, R. 1986. &lt;em&gt;Forest of bliss. &lt;/em&gt;Watertown, Mass.: Documentary Educational Resources, 90 minutes, film.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 1964. &lt;em&gt;Dead birds&lt;/em&gt;. Watertown, Mass.: Documentary Educational Resources, 83 minutes, film.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gill, H. 2014. &lt;em&gt;Mardistan (Macholand). &lt;/em&gt;Washington D.C.: Tilotama Productions, 30 minutes, digital video. (available online: &lt;a href=&quot;https://vimeo.com/120182667&quot;&gt;https://vimeo.com/120182667&lt;/a&gt;, accessed 31 August 2020).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Grimshaw, A. 2016. &lt;em&gt;George’s place: the cellar. &lt;/em&gt;83 minutes, digital video.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2016. &lt;em&gt;At low tide&lt;/em&gt;. London: Royal Anthropological Institute, 63 minutes, digital video.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2013. &lt;em&gt;Mr Coperthwaite: a life in the Maine Woods &lt;/em&gt;(including &lt;em&gt;Spring in Dickinson’s Reach&lt;/em&gt; [83 mins), &lt;em&gt;A summer task&lt;/em&gt; [47 mins], &lt;em&gt;Autumn’s work&lt;/em&gt; [47 mins]; &lt;em&gt;Winter days&lt;/em&gt; [59 mins]). Berkeley: Berkeley Media and London: Royal Anthropological Institute, digital video.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gürsel, Z.D. 2009. &lt;em&gt;Coffee futures&lt;/em&gt;. Watertown, Mass.: Documentary Educational Resources, 22 minutes, digital video.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;MacDougall, D. &amp;amp; J. MacDougall. &lt;em&gt;Turkana conversations trilogy &lt;/em&gt;(including &lt;em&gt;Lorang’s way &lt;/em&gt;[1980, 70 minutes], &lt;em&gt;The wedding camels&lt;/em&gt; [1980, 108 minutes], and &lt;em&gt;A wife among wives &lt;/em&gt;[1982, 72 minutes]). Berkeley: Berkeley Media, film.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Marshall, J. (dir.) 1957. &lt;em&gt;The hunters&lt;/em&gt;. Watertown, Mass.: Documentary Educational Resources, 72 minutes, film.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2002. &lt;em&gt;A Kalahari family (!Kung series). &lt;/em&gt;Watertown, Mass.: Documentary Educational Resources, 360 minutes, film and video.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mead, M. (dir.) 1952. &lt;em&gt;Trance and dance in Bali&lt;/em&gt;. Library of Congress, 22 minutes, film (available on-line: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z8YC0dnj4Jw&quot;&gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z8YC0dnj4Jw&lt;/a&gt;). Accessed 31 August 2020.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rouch, J. 1958. &lt;em&gt;Moi, un Noir&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Icarus Films, 70 minutes, film.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 1967. &lt;em&gt;Jaguar&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Icarus Films, 88 minutes, film.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sniadecki, J.P. 2008. &lt;em&gt;Demolition/Chaiqian. &lt;/em&gt;New York: Cinema Guild, 62 minutes, digital video.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Spray, S. &amp;amp; P. Velez 2014. &lt;em&gt;Manakamana&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Cinema Guild, 118 minutes, film.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Thomas, D., J. Jackson Jr. &amp;amp; J.G. Wedderburn 2011. &lt;em&gt;Bad friday: Rastafari after Coral Gardens.&lt;/em&gt; New York: Third World Newsreel, 63 minutes, video.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note on contributor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jenny Chio is Associate Professor at the University of Southern California. Her ethnographic film, &lt;em&gt;农家乐&lt;/em&gt;&lt;em&gt;Peasant family happiness&lt;/em&gt; (2013), examines ethnic tourism in rural China. She has served as co-editor of the journal &lt;em&gt;Visual Anthropology Review&lt;/em&gt; and co-director of the Society for Visual Anthropology Film and Media Festival.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Jenny Chio, Department of East Asian Languages and Cultures, 3501 Trousdale Pkwy, Taper Hall 356, University of Southern California, Los Angeles CA 90089-0357. jchio@usc.edu&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image credit&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nuosu college students pose in vintage clothing, creating a retro aesthetic. Chengdu, China. See also Banfill 2020. Photo by Kaitlin Banfill, 2018. Used with permission.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div&gt;
&lt;hr align=&quot;left&quot; size=&quot;1&quot; width=&quot;33%&quot; /&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn1&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref1&quot; name=&quot;_ftn1&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn1&quot;&gt;[1]&lt;/a&gt; Visual anthropology encompasses more than just the visual, as this entry will elaborate, and when referring to films and video it is more precise to use the term ‘audiovisual’. For consistency, in this entry I mostly use the more widely employed moniker of &#039;visual anthropology&#039;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn2&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref2&quot; name=&quot;_ftn2&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn2&quot;&gt;[2]&lt;/a&gt; ‘Ethnographic film’ as a genre has been notoriously difficult to define because it has been used to describe both films by anthropologists and ethnographers as well as films about topics and concepts central to anthropology; see Chio 2020, Durrington 2013, Friedman 2017, Vannini 2020, Crawford &amp;amp; Turton 1993, Barbash &amp;amp; Taylor 1996.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn3&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref3&quot; name=&quot;_ftn3&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn3&quot;&gt;[3]&lt;/a&gt; Anthropological research and writing has also depended upon other senses, especially listening/hearing. However, visual representations, in the form of photographs or museum exhibitions/object displays, have been more widely discussed and theorised.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn4&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref4&quot; name=&quot;_ftn4&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn4&quot;&gt;[4]&lt;/a&gt; Publishing initiatives, such as The Page in &lt;em&gt;Visual Anthropology Review &lt;/em&gt;and Writing with Light in &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt;, aimed to foster contemporary critical conversations around the photo-essay as a mode of anthropological inquiry.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn5&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref5&quot; name=&quot;_ftn5&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn5&quot;&gt;[5]&lt;/a&gt; The phrase ‘observational cinema’ is attributed to the filmmaker Colin Young, who established the Ethnographic Film Unit at the University of California Los Angeles in the 1960s and trained a generation of anthropological filmmakers, including David and Judith MacDougall whose films and publications are widely considered exemplars of this mode of filmmaking (see Henley 2018).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn6&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref6&quot; name=&quot;_ftn6&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn6&quot;&gt;[6]&lt;/a&gt; Many other well-known programs train students in ethnographic filmmaking, including the long-running Center for Visual Anthropology at the University of Southern California, the Culture + Media program at New York University, and the Granada Center for Visual Anthropology at the University of Manchester.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn7&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref7&quot; name=&quot;_ftn7&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn7&quot;&gt;[7]&lt;/a&gt; David MacDougall offered his reflections on a participatory media project he was a part of in Aboriginal Australia, stating ‘... in a sense it was a kind of idealisation, perhaps, of a notion of solidarity between Aboriginal people and sympathetic Whites. My view of it now is that it was a kind of film-making that rather confused the issues. In those films one never really knows quite who’s speaking for whom, and whose interests are being expressed. It is not clear what in the film is coming from us and what is coming from them ... it’s a slightly uncomfortable marriage of interests that masks a lot of issues’ (quoted in Grimshaw &amp;amp; Papastergiadis 1995: 44-5).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn8&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref8&quot; name=&quot;_ftn8&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn8&quot;&gt;[8]&lt;/a&gt; WakandaAAA University (available online: &lt;a href=&quot;https://wakandaaaa.home.blog/&quot;&gt;https://wakandaaaa.home.blog/&lt;/a&gt;, accessed 29 August 2020).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn9&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref9&quot; name=&quot;_ftn9&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn9&quot;&gt;[9]&lt;/a&gt; See, for example, the research, teaching, and events of the &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.centerforexperimentalethnography.org/&quot;&gt;Center for Experimental Ethnography&lt;/a&gt; at the University of Pennsylvania.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</description>
 <pubDate>Mon, 26 Jul 2021 17:16:08 +0000</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>Rebecca Tishler</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">1521 at https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com</guid>
</item>
<item>
 <title>Latin America</title>
 <link>https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/entry/latin-america</link>
 <description>&lt;div class=&quot;image&quot;&gt;&lt;img typeof=&quot;foaf:Image&quot; src=&quot;https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/sites/www.anthroencyclopedia.com/files/styles/full-article-style/public/gloriosa_victoria_cropped.jpeg?itok=UKXeka0O&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-entry-tags field-type-taxonomy-term-reference field-label-hidden field-wrapper clearfix&quot;&gt;&lt;ul class=&quot;links&quot;&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-0&quot; class=&quot;field-item even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/class&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Class&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-1&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/colonialism&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Colonialism&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-2&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/indigeneity&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Indigeneity&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-3&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/nationalism&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Nationalism&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-4&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/ontology&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Ontology&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-5&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/race-ethnicity&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Race &amp;amp; Ethnicity&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-6&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/state&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;State&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-author field-type-entityreference field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/john-gledhill&quot;&gt;John Gledhill&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-university-name field-type-text field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;The University of Manchester&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-publication-date field-type-computed field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;
   &lt;div class=&quot;date-in-parts&quot;&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;title&quot;&gt;Initially published &lt;span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;day&quot;&gt;4&lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;month&quot;&gt;Jan &lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;year&quot;&gt;2021&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-doi-link field-type-link-field field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21latam&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;http://doi.org/10.29164/21latam&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-abstract field-type-text-long field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Abstract:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;‘Latin’ America is a region constructed in a context of imperial rivalries and disputes about how to build ‘modern’ nations that made it an ‘other America’ distinct from ‘Anglo’ America. Bringing together people without previous historical contact, the diversity of its societies and cultures was increased by the transatlantic slave trade and later global immigration. Building on the constructive relationship that characterises the ties between socio-cultural anthropology and history in the region today, this entry discusses differences in colonial relations and cultural interaction between European, indigenous, and Afro-Latin American people in different countries and the role of anthropologists in nation-building projects that aimed to construct national identities around ‘mixing’&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;em&gt;It&lt;/em&gt; &lt;em&gt;shows how anthropologists came to emphasise the active role of subordinated social groups in making Latin America’s ‘new peoples’. Widespread agrarian conflicts and land reforms produced debates about the future of peasant farmers, but new forms of capitalist development, growing urbanisation, and counter-insurgency wars led to an era in which indigenous identities were reasserted and states shifted towards a multicultural politics that also fostered Afro-Latin American movements. Anthropology has enhanced understanding of the diversity, complexity, and contradictions of these processes. Latin American cities are characterised by stark social inequalities, but anthropologists critiqued the stigmatisation of the urban poor as ‘marginals’ and used their ethnographies to produce novel insights into the nature and determinants of urban violence and the role of criminal organisations. Other areas in which Latin American anthropology has been innovative are analyses of transnational relations and new social movements, including women’s movements and feminism, although issues of gender, religious transformations, and cultural mixing run through this entry’s entire discussion, which concludes with Latin American debates about the decolonisation of anthropology itself.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;body field&quot;&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Introduction: Building nations in the shadow of empire&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Latin America is a vast and socially and ecologically heterogeneous region. Brazil, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonised&lt;/a&gt; by the Portuguese, is more extensive than the whole of Europe (excluding Russia). Most other countries in the region were colonised by Spain, but the French colonies of South America and the Caribbean are generally also included when identifying the region. Emerging in the wake of the nineteenth century division of the Americas into independent nation states, ‘Latin’ America was defined in opposition to an ‘Anglo’ America established through British colonisation. The division was not simply a matter of whether English or a Romance language became the principal language of government, but rather was a consequence of competing imperial ambitions. In the 1860s, the United States of America supported the Mexican republican forces that ended the reign of Maximilian Habsburg, installed as ‘Emperor of Mexico’ by a French military invasion backed by Britain and Spain. Yet Mexico had already lost almost half of the national territory that it inherited from the colonial Viceroyalty of New Spain to its northern neighbour, whose opposition to European imperialism reflected ambitions to make the Americas an exclusively US sphere of influence.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For some elites in the Latin American republics, the United States represented a model to emulate, yet those who looked there or to Europe for models of ‘progress’ often saw the nature of the peoples that they governed as a barrier to achieving it. Most ‘Latin’ Americans were the product of biological and cultural mixing of Europeans with the original indigenous population and African slaves. Whether their concern was with the continuing existence of culturally distinct indigenous communities considered ‘backward’ or rebellious, or prompted by ‘scientific racist’ theories that the mixing of ‘&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;races&lt;/a&gt;’ deemed unequal in their capacities produced ‘degeneration’, many who saw themselves as descendants of Europeans born in the Americas (&lt;em&gt;criollos&lt;/em&gt;) aspired to ‘whiten’ their nations through new immigration from Europe.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;By the end of the nineteenth century, however, new nationalist visions were taking a more positive view of the ‘mixed’ character of Latin American peoples. Cuban &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19rev&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;revolutionary&lt;/a&gt; nationalist José Martí met the issue of growing US domination head on. Insisting that, in contrast to the segregated United States, there could be no &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;racism&lt;/a&gt; in Latin America’s future ‘because there are no races’, Martí argued that Latin Americans should develop institutions adapted to the ‘nature’ of their own peoples rather than imitate a threatening northern neighbour ‘who does not know us’ (Martí 1891). Yet more positive views of the capabilities of the ‘mixed’ peoples did not necessarily entail rejecting the United States and Europe as models for ‘progress’. Peruvian socialist José Carlos Mariategui argued that revolutionary politics in his country could not be based on Western models because the role of indigenous Peruvians would be crucial. Yet he also wrote in 1928 that ‘the only salvation for Indo-America lies in European and Western science and thought’ (Mariategui 1971). Positive evaluation of the capabilities of people of mixed European and indigenous ancestry did not eliminate the idea that Latin American countries needed to address an ‘Indian problem’. Mexican philosopher José Vasconcelos (1948) turned scientific racism on its head by portraying the country’s &lt;em&gt;mestizos&lt;/em&gt; as a ‘cosmic race’, a ‘fifth’ race that brought all previously existing races together in a fusion that provided the region with the ability to develop a ‘universal’ civilisation free of racial oppression. Yet when Manuel Gamio, who was both an archaeologist and socio-cultural anthropologist, asked Vasconcelos, as a government minister, for resources for his research on living indigenous people as well as the archaeological heritage of pre-Hispanic Mexico, Vasconcelos refused, saying that it would be better to imitate the &lt;em&gt;gringo&lt;/em&gt; solution to the ‘Indian problem’: ‘the rifle’ (Vértiz de la Fuente 2019: 62). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;‘Whitening’ policies were sometimes pursued with genocidal force, exemplified by the Argentinian military conquest of the territories still controlled by indigenous people in the Patagonian Desert to make way for white settlers at the end of the 1870s. The promotion of new immigration from Europe brought migrants from Germany and Eastern Europe as well as ‘Latin’ Italy, Portugal, and Spain. Yet new immigration was not restricted to ‘white’ Europeans. The region’s population includes significant numbers of people with Middle Eastern and East Asian ancestry. Connections across the Pacific as well as Atlantic oceans remain relevant to Latin America’s geopolitical and economic options for the future. Yet Sidney Mintz (1974) distinguished the plantation societies of the Caribbean islands from mainland Latin America because their indigenous populations were replaced by culturally, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnically&lt;/a&gt;, and racially heterogeneous &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;workers&lt;/a&gt; drawn from Africa, Asia, and Europe, producing ‘new peoples’ made up of ‘strangers’ bound together only by European domination. White elites used other ethnics or mixed-race people as middle-ranking ‘buffer classes’ to strengthen their control over black labouring classes (Allen 2014).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The study of Anglo and Latin America cannot be entirely separated (Shukla &amp;amp; Tinsman 2007; Fine-Dare &amp;amp; Rubenstein 2009). The transatlantic &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; created by European expansion and reproduced through slavery and commerce shaped both. New migration from the south has contributed to making people who self-identify as ‘Hispanics’ or ‘Latinos’ the largest ethnic minority identified by the US census, at over eighteen percent of the population. Exploring similarities and differences in systems of ethno-racial stratification in the US and Latin America is long established. Points of similarity today include the militarised policing of poor people of colour (Graham 2011), ethno-racial social inequalities increased by deindustrialisation and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20neolib&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;neoliberal&lt;/a&gt; models of urban development (Smith 2002), and what Paul Farmer (2004) termed the ‘structural violence’ underlying the health inequalities so starkly underscored by the Covid-19 &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22pandemics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;pandemic&lt;/a&gt;. Narco-violence in Mexico, Central America, and Colombia is clearly related to the demand for drugs within the United States. Endemic political corruption, authoritarianism, and violence sometimes foster a view of Latin America as a region of ‘deficits’ relative to the liberal capitalist societies of the North Atlantic. Yet although this does not absolve Latin American elites of their own share of responsibility, authoritarianism, civil conflict, paramilitary violence, and gang violence in Central America, are directly related to US meddling in the region, which replaced &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25democracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;democracy&lt;/a&gt; with military dictatorship and counter-insurgency war during the Cold War and continues to undermine left-leaning governments today.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From its beginnings as an academic discipline in the twentieth century, Latin American anthropology has addressed social and political problems. Many anthropologists who were Latin American &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16citizenship&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;citizens&lt;/a&gt; played important institutional, public intellectual, and political roles in nation-building projects. Later generations have engaged with the demands of social movements as well as state policies. Studying issues that directly affect one’s own life and those of one’s fellow citizens does produce differences of perspective between ‘native’ and foreign anthropologists. Nevertheless, differences of class, gender, and ethnicity complicate anthropological work irrespective of nationality. George Stocking’s (1982) distinction between ‘Euro-American’ and ‘native’ anthropologies as a distinction between anthropologies dedicated to the construction of empires versus anthropologies dedicated to the construction of nations may have been too simple (Archetti 2006). Yet, the tensions between anthropology with a global comparative orientation and nation-centric institutional missions prompted anthropologists such as Myriam Jimeno (2007) in Colombia and Otávio Velho (2003) in Brazil to argue that rethinking of theory and practice by ‘native’ scholars was in fact necessary.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Although Latin American anthropology has addressed social injustice, oppression, violence, and conflict, it is also about intense cultural creativity, in religion and ritual, popular culture, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22art&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;art&lt;/a&gt;, music and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25dance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;dance&lt;/a&gt;, highlighting social and cultural practices that enable people to maintain &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23resilience&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resilience&lt;/a&gt; in difficult circumstances.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Indigenousness, mestizaje and state-building: historical perspectives&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Although the mixing of diverse cultures and the creation of new cultural forms makes studying Latin America attractive, the region was born of genocide. Wherever they came from, the bodies of the European invaders carried germs to which indigenous people had no acquired resistance. Although violence and exploitation also played a role, the indigenous population was decimated by infectious diseases, causing a global fall in temperatures as abandoned agricultural fields reverted to secondary vegetation that absorbed more carbon (Koch &lt;em&gt;et al.&lt;/em&gt; 2019). Although Africans shared the immunities of Europeans, contributing to the infection of native Americans, inhuman conditions on the slave ships meant that at least fifteen percent of the more than ten million slaves transported from Africa between the sixteenth and nineteenth centuries died before even reaching the Americas, and the trade had devastating effects on the societies from which they were taken (Manning 1990). Yet by the final decades of the twentieth century, social movements founded on the assertion of indigenous and Afro identities were increasingly active in Latin American politics, despite assumptions that these differences would cease to be significant in societies in which states fostered national identities based on ‘mixing’.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropologists often distinguish Latin America’s ‘highland’ zones, dominated by urbanised pre-colonial imperial states such as the Andean Incas and Mesoamerican Aztecs, from ‘lowland’ zones in which indigenous societies were ‘&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22egalitarianism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;egalitarian&lt;/a&gt;’. However, archaeology shows that European &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonisation&lt;/a&gt; destroyed lowland societies that were different from those that anthropologists studied &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographically&lt;/a&gt;. The lost lowland societies were integrated into stable and extensive regional networks of exchange and ceremonies, in some cases presenting evidence for social and political hierarchy that challenge the notion that social ‘complexity’ was impossible in lowland environmental conditions (Roosevelt 1999). The comparatively small number of Portuguese invaders of Brazil’s coastal regions were able to exploit the indigenous Tupi-Guarani custom of incorporating male strangers into their communities by making them ‘brothers-in-law’ by giving them an indigenous girl to marry. This was the starting point for anthropologist, novelist, educator, and politician Darcy Ribeiro’s (1995) account of the ‘formation and meaning of Brazil’ as a &lt;em&gt;mestiço&lt;/em&gt; nation. Ribeiro documented the role of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;mixed-race&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20child&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;children&lt;/a&gt; of Portuguese fathers, and indigenous groups that allied with the Portuguese against others allied to French or Dutch invaders, in the expansion of slave-raiding into the interior. This, along with Jesuit missions, progressively transformed those indigenous people that conserved distinctive ways of life into what is today a small minority (0.4%) of the national population (compared with 21.5% in Mexico, the country with the largest absolute number of indigenous citizens). Ribeiro adopted an evolutionist perspective on the development of ‘civilisation’ which meant that he did not see indigenous people as significant in the future of &lt;em&gt;mestiço &lt;/em&gt;Brazil, a country of ‘new peoples’ produced by cultural mixing. According to Ribeiro, Brazil stood in contrast to Peru, Bolivia, Ecuador, Mexico and Guatemala, formed from the remnants of pre-Hispanic civilisations, and Argentina and Uruguay, where new European immigrants had greatest demographic weight (Ribeiro &lt;em&gt;et al.&lt;/em&gt; 1970).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Yet his classification can be misleading. Indigenous people living beyond the southern frontiers of the Spanish Empire interacted culturally and economically, through trade and raiding for cattle, with the areas settled by the Spanish, who created diplomatic institutions to negotiate with the representatives of what became more politically hierarchic societies that also built new &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; with each other across the Andean mountain chain (Boccara 2002). Argentina’s genocidal ‘War of the Desert’ in the 1870s was not simply about making new territories safe for white settlers, but also about ensuring that the people of the Patagonian Desert became Argentinian and not Chilean (He 2018). This reinforced &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;racist&lt;/a&gt; discrimination that discouraged people from identifying themselves as indigenous. The founders of Argentina’s &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20pros&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;professional&lt;/a&gt; anthropology included immigrants associated with ‘racial science’ in fascist Europe, for whom indigenous people were of archaeological interest as a superseded ‘race’ but not worthy subjects of ethnographic enquiry, a perspective that regained traction whenever the country suffered a military coup (Ratier 2010). Yet the local Mapuches as a ‘new people’ created through a colonial process of ethnogenesis did not go away but regained social visibility. Along with relatives of the Quechua-speaking indigenous peoples of Peru and Bolivia in the north, they participated in &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnic&lt;/a&gt; social movements, struggled for indigenous rights, sought to regain lost lands, protected themselves from environmental devastation caused by fracking, or simply accommodated themselves to state-sponsored development programmes (De la Maza Cabrera &amp;amp; Bolomey Córdova 2019). In Argentina, as in Brazil and Mexico despite their different classifications in Ribeiro’s typology, ‘invisibilised’ indigenous people who had lost their lands but maintained many of their cultural practices after they became farm &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;labourers&lt;/a&gt; or herdsmen on lands owned by others joined struggles for rights and recognition in new movements that became urban as well as rural (Gordillo &amp;amp; Hirsch 2003).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the Andes and Mesoamerica, the number of indigenous people who survived the ‘Great Dying’ enabled the rulers of the Spanish empire to reject indigenous slavery in favour of a system in which the supply of tribute by indigenous communities, in commodities or forced labour, became the foundation of the colonial economy. The Spanish repurposed the Inca labour draft system, the &lt;em&gt;mit’a&lt;/em&gt;, to supply labour to the silver &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19mining&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;mines&lt;/a&gt; in Potosí, Bolivia. Indigenous patterns of settlement and socio-political organisation were transformed radically, but provided that they met their obligations to the state and the Catholic Church, colonial indigenous communities were granted a degree of self-government in a ‘Republic of Indians’, with communal control over their own lands, forests, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19water&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;water&lt;/a&gt;. Although usurpation of these resources by non-indigenous outsiders became an increasingly serious problem, their defence formed part of the ‘Closed Corporate Community’ model developed by Eric Wolf (1957), which argued that restriction of membership and property rights to those born within the community was a strategy to protect its collective patrimony, accompanied by obligations to expend resources in community rituals to limit consolidation of wealth differences between its members. Wolf insisted that the indigenous communities that ethnographers studied in Mesoamerica were the product of four hundred years of colonial history. Although he accepted criticisms that his original model paid insufficient attention to cases in which enduring inequalities did emerge between families (Wolf 1986), his insistence that indigenous people were active actors in &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;history&lt;/a&gt; and did not live in unchanging ‘traditional’ social worlds was paradigm changing. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tributary exactions and exploitation based on forcing indigenous communities to buy goods often prompted protests and rebellions. These intensified from 1760 onwards because Spain’s Bourbon rulers, who sought to increase the wealth extracted from the colonies, ignored complaints about extortion by colonial officials and priests, and undermined the power of indigenous authorities. An uprising that had lasting consequences despite its ultimate defeat was the ‘Neo-Incan’ rebellion of Túpac Amaru II in Peru. Born José Gabriel Condorcanqui, he was both an indigenous authority (&lt;em&gt;kuraka&lt;/em&gt;) descended from the last Inca ruler, and a merchant and muleteer who crossed the borders between Spanish and Indian society. Adopting the name of his ancestor, he declared a multiclass, multiethnic rebellion against abusive authorities rather than the Spanish Crown (Walker 2014). Yet after Túpac Amaru II, his wife, Micaela Bastidas, and part of their family were executed, the brutal Spanish repression of the rebellion turned the violence of indigenous people towards anyone who spoke Spanish or wore European clothes, as had already been the norm in a separate rebellion of Aymara-speakers in the south between Lake Titicaca and La Paz, led by a peasant coca trader, Túpac Katari. Both Micaela Bastidas and Túpac Katari’s wife, Bartolina Sisa, played leadership roles in these rebellions, indicating continuities in Andean principles of (hierarchised) gender complementarity (Silverblatt 1987). In Peru, as elsewhere in colonial Latin America, the rebellions provoked conflicts even amongst indigenous people of the same ethnicity, but a weakening military situation led the colonial authorities to offer a peace agreement to Túpac Amaru’s surviving sons. When the colonial elite subsequently reneged on this agreement, exterminating the rest of the family, they not only brought the original colonial ‘pact’ with Peru’s Quechua-speaking peoples to a definitive end, but enhanced the mythical appeal of the neo-Incan rebellion for later movements, not simply in Peru but elsewhere in the region, including in Haiti. There, a slave &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19rev&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;revolution&lt;/a&gt; expelled the French to make Latin America’s first independent nation one that was ruled by people of colour, in 1804 (Walker 2014: 249).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The nineteenth century produced conflicts for control of Latin America’s new nations between conservatives who sought to maintain the social and political structures of colonial Spanish America, and liberal reformers who saw the indigenous communities as a barrier to the creation of a modern society based on equal rights for all &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16citizenship&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;citizens&lt;/a&gt; rather than ethno-racial ‘castes’. The liberals included Mexican president Benito Juárez, whose own indigenous Zapotec descent did not inhibit him from moving to abolish the corporate properties of indigenous communities as well as the Catholic Church. Some indigenous people accepted that they would be better off as ‘citizens’ than remaining in a caste hierarchy in which they were subject to discrimination. Yet it proved difficult to deliver ‘citizenship’ as equality before the law to people who remained structurally unequal in terms of access to justice and economic opportunities. Mexico’s liberal ‘reforms’ redistributed property in a way that converted many indigenous people into rural proletarians whose adoption of &lt;em&gt;mestizo &lt;/em&gt;identities Guillermo Bonfil (2010) characterised as forced ‘deindianisation’.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Indigenous people lost control of communal resources throughout Latin America, although some retained enough land to subsist as migrant labourers &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;working&lt;/a&gt; on agro-export plantations after being ‘hooked’ into &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24debt&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;debt&lt;/a&gt;-bondage. This laid the basis for heightened twentieth century agrarian conflict throughout the region. Mexico was a special case, since the national revolution that began in 1910 eventually produced Latin America’s first redistributive agrarian reform. That reform was less focused on restoring land that had been lost by indigenous communities than it was on making grants of land to build a solid rural base of political clients for the post-revolutionary regime. This logic was extended by allowing landless workers on large estates to petition the government for land redistribution in the 1930s, eventually dividing the countryside into a ‘social sector’ of state-sponsored land reform communities (&lt;em&gt;ejidos&lt;/em&gt;) and a capitalist &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20farming&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;farming&lt;/a&gt; sector. The state wanted land reform beneficiaries to think of themselves as members of a &lt;em&gt;mestizo&lt;/em&gt; ‘peasant’ (&lt;em&gt;campesino&lt;/em&gt;) social class. Land reform was therefore intended to support a national state-building project based on ending indigenous identities for good. Anthropologists were enlisted into the process of ‘Mexicanizing the Indian’ by employing them in field stations set up in different parts of the country. The aim was to understand the details of different indigenous cultures in order to change local ways of life through education, and to encourage ‘Indians’ to think of themselves as &lt;em&gt;mestizo&lt;/em&gt; citizens of the whole Mexican nation rather than the ‘little nation’ of their village. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This ‘official indigenism’ was replicated in other countries (De la Peña 2005). An interesting case to compare with Mexico is Bolivia. The National Revolutionary Movement (MNR) that overthrew a military dictatorship in 1952 with the support of the country’s mine workers’ union (Nash 2001) also sought to promote a &lt;em&gt;mestizo&lt;/em&gt; national identity through land reform. However, they encountered &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16resistance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resistance&lt;/a&gt; from a novel indigenous movement in the 1970s. The founders of this &lt;em&gt;katarista&lt;/em&gt; movement, named after eighteenth-century rebel Túpac Katari, were Aymara university students whose families had benefitted from the MNR agrarian reform. Their politics were based on the premise that indigenous people suffered from a combination of class oppression in the Marxist sense and ethnic oppression that should not be ignored in government policy. They soon formed the largest peasant union in Bolivia, independent of the ‘official’ union which had been created by the Bolivian government as an instrument of control using the same model as Mexico’s National Peasant Confederation. Mexico’s ‘national revolutionary’ regime proved more enduring than Bolivia’s, which was repeatedly interrupted by military coups. Mexico’s Institutional Revolutionary Party (PRI) enjoyed unbroken national power until the year 2000. Yet by the 1970s, socially mobile indigenous intellectuals in Mexico were also arguing that ethnic inequalities could not be reduced simply to class issues. Thereby they contributed to the collapse of the ‘official’ indigenist project.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The foundational work of Mexican indigenism had been Manuel Gamio’s book &lt;em&gt;Forjando Patria&lt;/em&gt;, published in 1916 while the revolutionary wars were still raging (Gamio 2010 [1916]). Gamio did not advocate immediate suppression of indigenous cultures and languages, even in the case of what he called ‘savage’ groups such as the Yaquis, whose communities straddled the US-Mexico border. He argued that priority should be given to addressing socio-economic inequalities, and that the longer-term objective of anthropological studies of indigenous people was to make their integration into nation states less painful, ensuring that it benefited them and not simply the ‘white race’ of their colonial conquerors. The regional projects of what became the National Indigenous Institute did bring indigenous people some material benefits (Nash 2002). Yet modernising revolutionary nationalism was often implemented in an authoritarian manner, exemplified by the punishment of indigenous children for not speaking Spanish in schools that the government provided for them. Official indigenism created a new group of Spanish-speaking community leaders tied to government who often used the leverage this gave them to turn themselves into local political bosses, called &lt;em&gt;caciques&lt;/em&gt; (chieftains). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Because &lt;em&gt;caciquismo&lt;/em&gt; was so pervasive and frequently violent, its study became one of Mexican anthropology’s contributions to understanding how national state power was implanted at regional and local levels in the twentieth century. It unveiled the limitations and contradictions of that process in a socially and culturally diverse country in which that state was far from being an all-powerful ‘Leviathan’ in terms of its ability to manage heterogeneous regional cultures (Bartra 1976; Friedrich 1986; Lomnitz-Adler 1992; Rubin 1997). While the direct institutional presence of central governments remained &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18precarity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;precarious&lt;/a&gt;, local and regional boss rule was significant in rural regions throughout Latin America. In the Andes, these figures were called &lt;em&gt;gamonales &lt;/em&gt;(Cotler 2005). In Brazil’s First Republic (1889-1930), local affairs and patron-client relations were managed by agrarian oligarchs called ‘colonels’ (Roniger 2005). All acted as political ‘brokers’ intermediating relations with the national state, but Mexico is distinctive because rural &lt;em&gt;caciquismo &lt;/em&gt;has persisted up until the present, enabling drug cartel bosses to take on this role. It also developed in urban shantytowns, trade unions, and universities (Maldonado 2005; Pansters 2005).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Agrarian conflict, neoliberalism and multiculturalism&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mestizo&lt;/em&gt; peasants became disillusioned with the &lt;em&gt;ejido&lt;/em&gt; system as the Mexican state’s promise to deliver ‘material improvements’ as well as an end to discrimination to indigenous people lost credibility. Many peasants who had received irrigated lands rented them to agricultural entrepreneurs with the capital to grow more profitable crops and invested in migration to the United States to improve their own living standards. Even outside the areas where &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20farming&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;farming&lt;/a&gt; was transformed by incorporation into a global food system dominated by transnational agro-industrial corporations (Friedmann &amp;amp; McMichael 1989), agrarian conflicts developed over illegal logging and the extension of cattle-raising to supply meat to urban and export markets. The corruption of the public officials administering the land reform added to feelings of injustice and efforts to develop peasant organisations not controlled by the state. It was in this context that, in 1969, a group of Mexican anthropologists led by Arturo Warman published a series of polemical essays repudiating indigenism (Warman &lt;em&gt;et al.&lt;/em&gt; 1970). By this stage, the political context had become explosive. Mexico’s eternal ruling party had created a civilian regime free of coups, but in 1968 the government massacred student protestors in Mexico City and unleashed an anti-communist counterinsurgency ‘dirty war’ in the state of Guerrero similar in its barbarity to those pursued by Central and South American military dictatorships (Bartra 1996). Although left-wing militants who left the cities to solidarise with peasant rebels in Guerrero were to find that their ‘communism’ owed more to Christian than Marxist principles, Marxism played a prominent role in academic anthropology as the 1970s advanced, much of it reworking earlier European debates around ‘the agrarian question’.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A key issue for Marxists was whether peasants would survive or face mass proletarianisation as the capitalist transformation of rural Mexico deepened (Hewitt de Alcantará 1984). Some protagonists in these debates, including Warman (1980), favoured the theory of peasant economy that Alexander Chayanov was killed for defending in Soviet Russia. Chayanov had argued that, although some peasant families were richer than others and might employ other peasants as wage &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;labourers&lt;/a&gt;, the logic of the peasant economy was about securing an acceptable standard of living, not the accumulation of capital. According to Chayanov, this made it possible to develop a socialist society on the basis of peasant family farms and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20coops&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;cooperatives&lt;/a&gt;. A deepening crisis in basic food production coupled with growing agrarian conflict promoted a new round of state intervention in the &lt;em&gt;ejidos&lt;/em&gt; in the later 1970s, but after Mexico was hit by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24debt&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;debt&lt;/a&gt; crisis that made the 1980s a ‘lost decade’ economically for the whole of Latin America, the government of Carlos Salinas de Gortari embraced &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20neolib&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;neoliberal&lt;/a&gt; economic policies. These had been pioneered in Chile after the 1973 military coup and were generalised throughout the region in the 1990s, under the auspices of the International Monetary Fund. In the case of Peru, the government of Alberto Fujimori carried out a ‘self-coup’ that closed the congress to allow neoliberal ‘shock therapy’ to be implemented. By ending land redistribution and opening the door to privatisation of &lt;em&gt;ejido&lt;/em&gt; land, Mexico’s ‘reform of the land reform’ was widely considered to pose an existential threat to peasant agriculture. Yet ‘bottom-up’ social movement &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16resistance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resistance&lt;/a&gt; remained an impediment to the neoliberal project (Pechlaner &amp;amp; Otero 2010).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;1994 saw an armed uprising in the southern state of Chiapas that called for a global war against neoliberalism. The Zapatista Army of National Liberation (EZLN) was the product of the coming together of segments of the indigenous peasantry with non-indigenous urban leftist &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19rev&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;revolutionaries&lt;/a&gt; whose outlooks were radically changed by the encounter (Leyva Solano &amp;amp; Ascencio Franco 1996). Although it contributed to broader reassertion of ‘indigenousness’ (Rus, Hernández Castillo &amp;amp; Mattiace 2003), its anti-capitalism and eagerness to build a national coalition of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnically&lt;/a&gt; diverse dissident forces led Leandro Vergara-Camus (2014) to argue that the neo-Zapatista movement was closer to the non-indigenous Brazilian Movement of Landless Workers (MST) than a conventional indigenous rights movement. Nevertheless, as the EZLN turned to sustaining long-term civil resistance in Chiapas in the indigenous communities where it retained support, after failing to construct its broader coalition, indigenous practices did provide inspiration for the movement’s approach to establishing ‘autonomous’ forms of local and regional organisation. These rejected all relationships with the ‘bad government’ of the state, and based themselves on the principle of ‘governing by obeying’ through sovereign communal assemblies and rotation of representative offices.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Another aspect of the shift to neoliberalism was, however, the adoption of multicultural state policies. The Mexican government under President Salinas changed the Constitution to define Mexico as a nation with a ‘pluri-cultural’ composition ‘originally based on its indigenous peoples’, adding indigenous rights to universal social rights. Neoliberal multiculturalism offers indigenous people the right to keep their own language and culture, coupled with a modicum of sensitivity to cultural difference in the judicial system. Charles Hale (2006) argued that its aim is to contain more radical demands, such as new agrarian reform or control over the exploitation of natural resources within indigenous territories. He also showed that in Guatemala, state resistance to more radical demands for indigenous self-determination was fortified by an anti-indigenous ‘backlash’. When indigenous people start occupying local political and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17bureaucracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;bureaucratic&lt;/a&gt; offices that non-indigenous people previously monopolised, lower-class &lt;em&gt;mestizos&lt;/em&gt; can become resentful of what they see as unfair privileges resulting from social and educational programmes targeted at indigenous people. Work by the EZLN had not managed to avoid this tension. The EZLN challenged the post-revolutionary state builders’ undifferentiated &lt;em&gt;mestizo &lt;/em&gt;national identity, seeking to persuade &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16citizenship&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;citizens&lt;/a&gt; to re-identify with their ‘indigenous side’. However, it failed to create a ‘rainbow coalition’ of popular forces. This suggested that &lt;em&gt;mestizo&lt;/em&gt; peasant farmers, working class people, and even some indigenous people in the north and centre of Mexico, still saw indigenous Chiapas as a culturally alien world.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Multicultural politics were adopted throughout Latin America (Assies, Van der Haar &amp;amp; Hoekema 2000; Sieder 2002), reflecting both changing national situations and global processes. In Brazil, the 1988 &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25democracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;democratic&lt;/a&gt; constitution that followed twenty years of military dictatorship also assigned territorial rights to indigenous groups and Afro-Brazilians occupying lands settled by communities of escaped slaves (&lt;em&gt;quilombos&lt;/em&gt;). Mexico was the second country, after Norway, to ratify International Labour Organization Resolution 169 on the rights of indigenous peoples, but by the end of the 1990s, Ecuador, Venezuela, and Colombia went further in making constitutional changes that opened the way for indigenous people to obtain jurisdiction over autonomous territories that would allow for self-government. The next decade brought further reforms in Bolivia after the Aymara leader of the coca growers union, Evo Morales, was elected president in 2006 in the wake of popular revolts against neoliberal economic policies. Although Colombia’s indigenous ‘reserves’ (&lt;em&gt;resguardos&lt;/em&gt;) were a legacy of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonial&lt;/a&gt; era, the 1990s brought new laws on indigenous territorial rights that were extended to include Afro-Colombian people, and new territories were created (Rappaport &amp;amp; Dover 1996). Progress towards strengthening autonomous local self-government over those territories was, however, limited by interconnected transnational capitalist interest in exploiting their resources and paramilitary violence. Activists therefore worked on linking individual communities into wider social movement networks that could strengthen negotiations with government and increase support from domestic and international NGOs (Escobar 2015). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Although return to civilian rule after military dictatorships created a political climate in which international agencies and NGOs promoting indigenous and Afro-descendent rights could advance their global strategies, neoliberal multicultural policies clearly did not resolve longstanding problems arising from the importance of natural resource extraction and agricultural exports in Latin American economies. Yet it is important to understand in detail how and why differences in national circumstances and histories produce differences in the local social and political consequences of these general problems. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Central America suffered socially devastating US-backed Cold War violence. In Guatemala, a democratic regime was removed from power in 1954 after it expropriated land controlled by the United Fruit Company for redistribution to peasant farmers (Adams 1970). As a result, leftist mestizo guerrilla movements that had difficulty mobilising indigenous communities intensified their campaigns from the late 1960s onwards in the absence of democratic alternatives (Le Bot 1992). Even when mestizo and indigenous groups united at the start of the 1980s, and genocidal repression made indigenous communities more receptive to rebellion, the guerrillas proved incapable of defending them against counterinsurgency operations that involved forced displacement and massacres of civilians on a massive scale. Anthropological research made important contributions to understanding such contradictions. It showed that ‘modernising’ indigenous leadership sympathetic to the guerrillas existed, that it had emerged as an unintended consequence of interventions by the Catholic Church, and that it was motivated by the frustration of some younger indigenous people with established age-based and patriarchal systems of communal authority (Wilson 1995; Warren 1998). The revalorisation of indigenous identity and culture, and the—largely urban—creation of a Pan-Maya movement by intellectuals who sought to build an ethnic politics transcending community-based identities, was the work of a new generation of leaders emerging from the violence that exterminated their modernising predecessors. Some anthropologists who analysed Central American counterinsurgency wars documented US responsibility. Leigh Binford (1996) not only reconstructed the circumstances behind the mass slaughter of civilians at El Mozote in El Salvador, but also humanised the victims by investigating the social biographies of the people behind the numbers. Guatemalan specialists observed that conflicts also occurred between indigenous peasants, but most related this to a context in which they were forced to colonise agriculturally marginal areas because most of the country’s land remained in the hands of large landowners, receiving very low wages as migrant workers on their estates (Smith 1999). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Andean specialists, however, found themselves asking why the Shining Path movement that convulsed Peru between 1980 and 1999 had come as surprise (Starn 1991; Rivera Cusicanqui 1993). Most Andean anthropology had focused on historical continuities in the economic and politico-ritual systems that governed the way Andean indigenous communities related to their environment and to each other, inspired by classics such as John Murra’s model of how those communities were organised into ‘vertical archipelagos’ based on the exchange of complementary products between highland and lowland ecological niches (Murra 1980). Silvia Rivera Cusicanqui (1993) argued that the problem was not that this vision of the ‘Andean community’ was irrelevant, since indigenous alternatives to European models for exploiting the environment provided useful ideas about how to promote more ecologically &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25sustainability&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;sustainable&lt;/a&gt; and socially equitable ‘alternative development’ in the future. The problem was what it was leaving out in the later twentieth century, in particular the impacts of growing cities and rural-urban migration on peasant activism and agrarian conflict.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Military dictatorships reflected elite anxieties that the growing activism of peasant farmers and rural workers threatened a repeat of the 1959 Cuban Revolution. During the following two decades, accelerating urbanisation made it impossible to understand even indigenous agrarian movements without considering links between town and countryside (Schryer 1990). In Peru, peasant invasions of landed estates to recover lost lands were accompanied by militant action by peasant unions whose political networks transcended the urban-rural divide (Smith 1991). In response, a Peruvian military regime embarked on a programme of expropriating big estates and turning them into peasant cooperatives at the end of the 1960s. Yet many who benefitted from this land redistribution were not happy about the imposition of collective forms of production. These meant that they continued to be rural workers subject to top-down management in a state-capitalist rather than privately-owned enterprise, whilst most of the indigenous communities that continued peasant family farming but wanted more land were not included in the reform (Kay 1982). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Shining Path guerrilla movement was an unanticipated consequence of this intervention by a military government. It was led by university intellectuals from Ayacucho whose regional elite families lost their local power as &lt;em&gt;gamonales &lt;/em&gt;as the military regime promoted rural development through state capitalism, strengthening central control. Shining Path was a movement based on cadres, university students in the first instance, who diffused its ideology in both urban and rural areas. That ideology was partly inspired by Maoism in advocating agrarian communalism based on peasant cooperatives, but Shining Path rejected both ‘backward’ indigenous culture and the technological modernisation of agriculture advocated by established left-wing movements and peasant unions. Arguing that the state needed to be completely destroyed by violence, the movement not only killed the leaders of these rival organisations but also carried out symbolic ‘executions’ of tractors. The first peasant communities that came to support Shining Path were relatively prosperous and socially differentiated, which is why their young people got into university (Degregori 1991). Rural grievances in the movement’s heartland were more closely linked to the low prices paid to local farmers by &lt;em&gt;mestizo&lt;/em&gt; merchants than to agrarian conflicts with landed estates. Ayacucho had the highest rate of migration to Lima in the country, although Shining Path had less support in its urban shantytowns than other left-wing organisations (Poole &amp;amp; Rénique 1992). Like the indigenous leaderships that supported the guerrillas in Guatemala, young indigenous people joined it because it offered a route to transcending community authority systems. However, Shining Path provided a different ideological solution to the problem of securing what Peru’s class and racial hierarchy denied them: ‘knowledge’ of how to build an alternative future in which they could feel empowered (Degregori 1991).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Shining Path was therefore not an attempt by impoverished ‘traditional’ peasants to restore an Andean indigenous utopia, but an effect of contradictory ‘modernising’ processes. Rivera Cusicanqui (1993) insists that change and interactions with the wider society had been a feature of Andean communities throughout their colonial and national histories. Yet she also observes that Peruvian social science had differed from Bolivian social science in terms of the dominance of left-wing class-focused perspectives in Peru, whose coastal capital city, Lima, is characterised by an ‘integrationist’ suppression of indigenous ethnicity in a ‘melting pot’ that also includes many citizens of African and East Asian descent. This stands in contrast to La Paz, where the division between the Spanish city and the indigenous city of El Alto produced ‘a permanent contradiction between an imported citizenship model and the Andean communitarian model that organizes both the practices and collective perceptions of its inhabitants’ (Rivera Cusicanqui 1999: 157, my translation). Nevertheless, Marisol de la Cadena (2005) argues that when market women in the Peruvian highland city of Cuzco define themselves as &lt;em&gt;mestizas&lt;/em&gt;, this is to mark their difference from rural indigenous people, rather than to abandon indigenous identity completely, as the assimilationist model of &lt;em&gt;mestizaje&lt;/em&gt; normally implies.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;‘Indigeneity’ itself is not a simple category. Not only can people think of themselves as being ‘indigenous’ (or not) in different ways that change as social situations change, but there are also differences between what indigeneity means to people and indigeneity as defined by states (Canessa 2014). The proportion of Bolivians self-identifying as indigenous declined from the sixty-two percent majority registered in 2001, to forty-two percent in 2012. The governments of Evo Morales (2006-2019) had promised to transform the country’s ethnic hierarchies in favour of its indigenous population, the principal components of which are Aymara, Quechua, and Guarani. Morales’s attempt to renew his mandate for a fourth term in 2019 was blocked by a coup that temporarily re-empowered non-indigenous elites, although his Movement for Socialism Party easily won new elections held in 2020 with former economics minister Luis Arce as its candidate. The Morales governments’ macro-economically successful strategy of increasing state revenues from gas exports and other extractive industries to improve the economic situations of poorer Bolivians had, however, provoked conflicts between the indigenous president and some indigenous groups that felt threatened by it. Nancy Postero (2017) argues that the root of that contradiction was that the state constructed by Morales remained a ‘liberal’ state, despite its deployment of Andean indigenous symbols in new state rituals designed to emphasise its indigenousness and talk about pursuing an indigenous concept of ‘living well’ as an alternative to capitalist accumulation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rethinking race, cultural mestizaje and ontological differences&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The concentration of Afro-Latin American populations in cities is the principal factor determining the nature of their politics and social movements today. Afro-descendants have a history of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;working&lt;/a&gt; in urban occupations that goes back to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonial&lt;/a&gt; period. Africans had originally been used as &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;labour&lt;/a&gt; on plantations and landed estates, in particular sectors of the export economy and in places where indigenous labour was scarce or extreme heat was considered to make African labour more suitable. Recognisably ‘black’ rural communities emerged in Mexico, as in Colombia and Ecuador, on the Pacific Coast, principally in Guerrero, as well as Atlantic-facing Veracruz (Aguirre Beltran 1946). Yet as bearers of a particularly &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25antiblackness&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;stigmatised&lt;/a&gt; racial identity, most preferred to blend into the ranks of the &lt;em&gt;mestizo&lt;/em&gt; population. Although African intangible cultural heritage is detectable in regional cultures generally seen as &lt;em&gt;mestizo&lt;/em&gt;, embedded in styles of music and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25dance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;dancing&lt;/a&gt; and religious rituals and carnivals, it was when multicultural policies opened up possibilities of claiming land rights that rural communities began to make them as Afro-descendants, generally following the lead set by indigenous movements (Wade 2010). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In Latin America, in contrast to the US in the past, having some African ancestry was never sufficient to define a person as ‘black’. Brazil was the last country in the Western Hemisphere to abolish slavery, in 1888, and the emancipated slaves were socially and economically marginalised as the First Republic, established by a military coup in the following year, focused on ‘whitening’ the nation. It exterminated millenarian movements that brought indigenous, black, and poor &lt;em&gt;mestiço &lt;/em&gt;people together in the backlands beyond the coastal cities. But the dictatorial regime that Getúlio Vargas constructed after the First Republic in 1930 was more inclusive. Vargas incorporated the cultural contributions of Brazil’s Afro-descendants into his project of national integration, promoting &lt;em&gt;samba&lt;/em&gt; music and carnival, albeit in a tightly controlled way under what was a police state. This conformed to Gilberto Freyre’s positive interpretation of racial and cultural mixing in a patriarchal plantation society (Freyre 1986 [1933]). For Freyre, the Brazilian slavocracy combined absolute domination and intimacy, such as the recognition by slave-owners of offspring that they sired with enslaved women. He argued that the roots of this system lay in the close cultural relationship between Portugal and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18islam&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Islamic&lt;/a&gt; Arab world, whose slave systems served as a model for Brazil, as well as in the need for a small Portuguese elite to populate and dominate a vast country (Souza 2000: 78-9). Freyre’s ideas were used to present Brazil as a ‘racial democracy’ from which the racially segregated US might learn. This notion was undermined by a series of anthropological studies published in the 1950s under the aegis of UNESCO, which found abundant evidence of prejudice and discrimination in Brazil even if their expressions differed from US forms of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;racism&lt;/a&gt; (Wade 2010: 54-9).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A long-established Afro-Brazilian movement often looks to the state for support for &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22art&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;artistic&lt;/a&gt; and cultural heritage projects or educational programmes to help Afro-Brazilians achieve social mobility. However, the fact that victims of police killings in the urban periphery are predominantly young black men has provoked campaigns similar to ‘Black Lives Matter’ in the US. Workers’ Party governments (2003-2016) adopted affirmative action policies to widen the access of poor, indigenous, and black Brazilians to university. These, however, promoted debate amongst Brazilian anthropologists about whether ‘quotas’ for ‘black’ students constituted an undesirable ‘racialisation’ of social issues in a &lt;em&gt;mestiço&lt;/em&gt; society (Guimarães 2003). It also provoked some ‘backlash’ from light-skinned residents of poor urban communities who claimed they were being discriminated against. Although members of higher social classes tend to classify all residents of the urban periphery as ‘black or brown’ whatever they look like, many poor Brazilians do not identify with ethno-racial politics. Syncretic religions venerating African gods remain important for some Afro-Brazilians, but more now attend evangelical churches that attack these religious practices as demonic and preach the individualistic self-improvement doctrines of ‘prosperity theology’ (Lima 2007).  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Modern politics present challenges to defining Latin American nations in terms of the mixing of ‘peoples’. Yet, the significance of cultural mixing remains central to understanding all &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnic&lt;/a&gt; groups. The idea that everyone would become assimilated to the same dominant culture through ‘acculturation’ developed in the United States, in the context of thinking about the ‘melting pot’ of immigrants from different parts of Europe. It was extended to Mexico by Chicago social anthropologist Robert Redfield (1950; 1956) in his work on Yucatán. Redfield also argued that the people of Latin America would develop according to an evolutionary model in which rural ‘folk’ would over time become ‘civilised’ into urban societies. US scholars’ confidence in the universality of their own country’s path to ‘modernisation’ was not shared by their Latin American counterparts, despite its affinities with indigenist anthropology. In 1940, Cuban anthropologist Fernando Ortiz published a book that introduced multidirectional and multilinear ‘transculturation’, the blending of elements of distinct cultures to produce new, distinctive, and diverse cultural forms, as an alternative concept. Ortiz contrasted the social consequences of the peasant production of tobacco and Cuba’s artisan cigar industry with the slavery, proletarianisation, and foreign domination of sugar production (Ortiz 1995). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Since the indigenist phase, both anthropologists and historians have shown how cultural &lt;em&gt;mestizaje&lt;/em&gt; in the Americas involved multidirectional exchanges and hybridisations, based on continuous interaction and adaptation to new circumstances (see for example, Florescano &amp;amp; García Acosta 2004; Gruzinski 2013). What looks like the ‘acculturation’ of indigenous Brazilians to Western eyes might, from an indigenous perspective, be seen as ‘a labor of domesticating, of pacifying us together with our germs and our commodities’, not to mention religion and saints (Monteiro 2012: 29). By the nineteenth century, cults based on the West African gods (&lt;em&gt;orishas&lt;/em&gt;) that the slaves brought with them had adapted to the colonial setting in Brazil by associating those deities with Catholic saints, and also included indigenous spirits called &lt;em&gt;caboclos&lt;/em&gt;, to produce the religious tradition called Candomblé. Umbanda evolved from that tradition by adding Spiritism to the mix, a European element imported from nineteenth century France. Whereas Candomblé had its roots in a society based on slavery, Umbanda emerged in Brazil’s southern cities in the 1930s, appealing to working and lower middle class people across ethno-racial boundaries. Candomblé also continued to evolve, to be reborn in the 1960s in the Brazilian Northeast as cultural heritage and a religion for everyone, including &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17tourism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;tourists&lt;/a&gt; (Prandi 2000). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mexican anthropology also celebrated hybridity and plurality when studying indigenous legacies in &lt;em&gt;mestizo&lt;/em&gt; cultural practices and urban ‘popular’ culture (Bonfil 1991; García Canclini 1995). The deeper meanings of ritual processes between indigenous and non-indigenous participants might differ in terms of ideas about the significance of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18death&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;death&lt;/a&gt;, and the role of the souls of the departed in the world of the living, for example. However, popular Latin American interpretations of illness as provoked by spirit attack (&lt;em&gt;susto&lt;/em&gt;) are not restricted to people who conserve indigenous identities or ways of life (Glazer &lt;em&gt;et al.&lt;/em&gt; 2004). Popular religious practices continue to evolve. The principal meaning that the contemporary cult of Saint Death carries for urban working class Mexicans, for example, is the promise of a more prosperous life for its adherents, despite an exaggerated media emphasis on its links with drug trafficking. Saint Death is therefore competing in a lively religious market with neo-Pentecostalist churches, and the challenge is to understand why some people choose one option rather than another (Argryadis 2014).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It remains important to recognise the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21socialrepro&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;reproduction&lt;/a&gt; of distinctive indigenous &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ontology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ontologies&lt;/a&gt;. In Peru, peasant leaders, for example, were activists in peasant unions and perfectly capable of talking the same language as the urban left, operating effectively in that legal and political world. Yet, at the same time, they remained part of another world, in which open cast &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19mining&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;mining&lt;/a&gt; is wrong because it kills the mountain as a living entity, destroying fundamental &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; between human and non-human beings (De la Cadena 2010). Human beings appear to be able to manage different ways of ‘being in the world’ simultaneously. Differences between Western and indigenous understandings of the relationships between human beings and nature also ground a case for defending indigenous territorial rights in Amazonia (Viveiros de Castro 1998). Nevertheless, as Alcida Ramos (2012) points out, there are downsides to non-indigenous anthropologists continuing to speak in the name of indigenous people who are increasingly able to speak for themselves, and even obtain PhDs in anthropology. Ramos herself has explored the contradictions of NGO activism as well as Brazil’s official indigenist institutions. NGOs often need indigenous people to behave in an idealised way to conform to their own agendas, which causes difficulties when indigenous leaders decide that mining might be good for their communities (Ramos 1994). Indigenous people who have been forced to change their lifestyle as a result of past capitalist transformations of Amazonia have difficulties being recognised as such because they do not conform to the stereotypical image of a ‘rainforest Indian’. The majority of Amazonians now live in cities, and the region as a whole is ethnically heterogeneous (Nugent 1993). If we wish to defend the rights of indigenous peoples to self-determination of their future development, it is important not to talk about them as if they had never changed. That false claim is still used to argue that they would be better off being ‘modernised’ through new capitalist transformations.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Urban anthropology, transnationalism and new social movements&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Latin American cities are spaces of extreme social inequality and the region now has the highest homicide rates in the world. Urban anthropology initially focused on how rural people obliged to live in informal shantytowns built social &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; that helped them adapt to a &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18precarity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;precarious&lt;/a&gt; life of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;working&lt;/a&gt; poverty (Adler de Lomnitz 1977; Roberts 1978). The &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24debt&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;debt&lt;/a&gt; and social crisis of the 1980s, and impoverishment produced by &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20neolib&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;neoliberal&lt;/a&gt; policies, produced a change of emphasis. People’s mutual support relations that Mercedes González de la Rocha (2004) called ‘the resources of poverty’ became more difficult to sustain because families faced an absolute ‘poverty of resources’. Crisis also provided enhanced opportunities for political parties to deploy patronage relations in ways that impeded ‘bottom-up’ efforts to build community organisations (Auyero 2000). Brazilian research strongly challenged the idea that people who live in irregular settlements (&lt;em&gt;favelas &lt;/em&gt;in Rio de Janeiro), are ‘marginal’ to society and politics. At the same time, it recognises that they face marginalisation in the form of discrimination in the wider society, including from working class people who live in less stigmatised neighbourhoods. Janice Perlman (1976) followed up a critique of the ‘marginality’ concept written against the policy of forced removal of favelas. Based on a forty-year longitudinal study of favela development, she shows that some favela residents succeeded in attaining social and spatial mobility (Perlman 2006). This kind of research challenged Oscar Lewis’s concept of ‘the culture of poverty’, derived from his studies of Mexican and Puerto Rican families, which suggested that living in poverty leads parents to adopt &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16values&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;values&lt;/a&gt; and behaviours that they transmit to their &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20child&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;children&lt;/a&gt;, perpetuating a ‘failure to make it’ that persists across generations (Lewis 1959; 1966).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Yet ‘progress’ for some families within favelas was accompanied by greater inequality. In Guayaquil, Ecuador, in a poor community in which some women transcended the limitations of informal local labour markets by migrating to work in Europe, there were differences in the extent to which improvements in income levels and housing continued in the next generation, related to the amount of ‘social capital’ families accumulated through links with other non-resident family members and participation in community politics (Moser 2010). Although racialised class prejudice led &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16citizenship&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;citizens&lt;/a&gt; who did not live in Rio de Janeiro’s favelas to see them as a ‘threat’ to the rest of the city, that prejudice ironically made it easier to argue politically that supposed ‘dangerous classes’ would become less dangerous if they were fully integrated into the urban mainstream through state-&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25finance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;financed&lt;/a&gt; improvements to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23infrastructure&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;infrastructure&lt;/a&gt; of ‘consolidated’ favelas in which residents had transformed their original shacks into multi-storied self-built &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19home&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;homes&lt;/a&gt; (Cavalcanti 2009). Yet here as in Guayaquil, ‘consolidation’ increased inequality. Rio’s hosting of the World Cup in 2014 and Olympics in 2016 created a real estate boom. The need to improve infrastructure for &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19sport&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;sporting&lt;/a&gt; mega-events led to the forced removal of some favela residents to more peripheral locations in the city, but ‘material improvements’ in some of Rio’s more scenic favelas also stimulated a process of ‘gentrification’ and rising property values and rents within them that also displaced poorer residents (Freeman &amp;amp; Burgos 2017; Cummings 2015).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The problems facing women in favelas include domestic violence and the loss of young male children attracted by enhanced access to commodities symbolising status and to women in what Alba Zaluar (2010) termed the ‘hypermasculine’ subculture of drug gangs. Since police tend to assume that all young men are ‘involved’ in that world (Cechetto, Muniz &amp;amp; Monteiro 2018), people who live in favelas remain ‘caught in the crossfire’ between drug traffickers and police, whose violence and corruption often makes them seem the worse of two evils (Machado &amp;amp; Leite 2007). Zaluar also developed research on the paramilitary groups called &lt;em&gt;milícias &lt;/em&gt;(Barcellos &amp;amp; Zaluar 2014). Run by former or serving members of the police, they expelled drug traffickers from favelas only to become criminal organisations in their own right, enjoying the protection of political patrons. Donna Goldstein (2003) showed how evangelical churches might offer an escape route from the world of crime, but her &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnography&lt;/a&gt; also revealed the black humour that working women employed in coping with extremely testing lives. An example that female neighbours found hilarious was when twenty-three-year-old Marília recounted how, returning in the early hours of the morning from her night job, she had exclaimed to her husband Celso: ‘Gosh, you’re hard to kill, ehh’. When Celso asked why, she responded: ‘Because I put rat poison in your drink this morning, and you didn’t die’ (Goldstein 2003: 259).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lynching offers a ‘self-help’ solution to dealing with insecurity in poor communities in which the problem is not the complete absence of the state but the nature of its sporadic presence, as Daniel Goldstein (2012) argued for Bolivia. Teresa Caldeira’s work on São Paulo (Caldeira 2000) offered an anthropology ‘of’ rather than simply ‘in’ the city (Low 1996) by exploring the relations between the social worlds of the fortified condominiums of the rich, lower middle and working classes not living in irregular settlements, and the urban periphery. She showed that many who lived in the latter also subscribed to the view that ‘a good bandit is a dead bandit’, opposed ‘human rights for criminals’, and supported extra-judicial police killings despite being the most exposed to police violence themselves. Yet lynching, homicides, and sexual violence diminished in São Paulo to much lower levels than in Rio de Janeiro after a criminal organisation born in the state’s prisons, The First Command of the Capital (PCC), established a system of ‘criminal governance’ based on their own tribunals with formal procedures in these communities. The police and political authorities were willing to reach tacit accommodations with this parallel authority that made their lives easier and diminished homicide rates (Feltran 2008; Willis 2015). Although this covert ‘pact’ with state authorities periodically broke down, the PCC expanded nationally through the prison system by ‘baptizing’ new ‘brothers’ (Biondi 2016) into a world of crime that became very lucrative and transnationally connected.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As a ‘dark side’ of capitalist globalisation, criminal networks responsible for the trafficking of drugs, arms, and people, including women obliged to work in the sex trade, transcend national borders. Yet Latin American countries are also connected to each other, and to Africa and Asia, by a ‘globalization from below’ that provides livelihoods to informal traders who carry legal commodities across borders (Mathews &lt;em&gt;et al.&lt;/em&gt; 2012). The study of these transnational networks has equally transformed our understanding of international migration, since even when migrant families decide to make another country their permanent home, they often maintain ties with their communities of origin. What happens as a result is variable. Nina Glick Schiller &amp;amp; Georges Fouron (1999) show how Haitian migrants in the United States were incorporated into a ‘deterritorialised’ nation-state building process. Thus, even those who had taken US citizenship continued to look to Haiti’s nation-state as the political community to which they owed ultimate loyalty. Whatever they thought about Haiti’s current government or the prospects of the country ever securing ‘good government’, they held on to it as they were victims of strong discrimination in US society. The ‘deterritorialised’ Haitian nation state was mainly built on ‘transnational social fields’ between Haitians abroad and their kin in Haiti. These relationships transcended the particularism of familial networks because migrant remittances were redistributed within Haiti to other families without direct kinship links to the migrants. The downside, Glick Schiller and Fouron argued, was that a ‘bottom-up’ politics based on ‘blood ties’ and racialised personal identity made Haitians in the US less inclined to join larger coalitions to ameliorate their disadvantages. At the same time, poor Haitians at home remained attached to hopes in the informal redistributive networks of the remittance economy. This made them less inclined to challenge domestic elites and their foreign allies and more inclined to try to resolve problems at an individual level through patron-client relations.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Transnational migration of indigenous Mixtec people from Oaxaca provides a contrasting case. The Mixtecs studied by Michael Kearney (1991) and Federico Besserer (2004) remained marginally incorporated into the Mexican national state and many did not speak Spanish. They started migrating working on agribusiness &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20farming&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;farms&lt;/a&gt; in northern Mexico, where they were subject to brutal forms of exploitation and discrimination. This promoted ethnogenesis as they started thinking of themselves as ‘Mixtecs’ rather than people from particular villages. From northern Mexico, they moved across the border as undocumented migrants, working picking tomatoes and in the construction industry, and later finding other kinds of urban jobs. Their &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnic&lt;/a&gt; identity thereby sharpened because of discrimination from &lt;em&gt;mestizo&lt;/em&gt; Mexican migrants. Today, Mixtecs from Oaxaca and other regions live in colonies in cities and rural areas that stretch from New York through California to southern Mexico. This transnational diaspora still &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21socialrepro&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;reproduces&lt;/a&gt; some indigenous ways of organising things, including communal labour systems, at the same time as it employs new technologies to maintain communication with migrant homelands. For many, English rather than Spanish became their second language. In this case, discrimination north of the border was less likely to produce closer identification with the Mexican nation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Capital also moves across borders, rather more easily than people, in ways that have implications for gender roles and relations. Latin American and Caribbean countries became sites of offshore production by transnational corporations, in the form of assembly plants, garment factories and agricultural processing and packing plants. Jane Collins (2003) adopted a transnational approach to studying garment production in the US and Mexico. Since these new forms of production offered new employment opportunities for women (Arizpe &amp;amp; Aranda 1981), economic changes impacted on family and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19home&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;household&lt;/a&gt; structures. Gender and kinship equally matter in studies of the informal economy, which provides more than half of total national employment in Latin America (Fernández-Kelly 2006). In the case of &lt;em&gt;mestizo&lt;/em&gt; migrants to the US, men tended to adapt fully to life in the north, but some &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16resistance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resisted&lt;/a&gt; full incorporation into the disciplines of northern working class life by continuing to value Mexico as a space of freedom where patriarchal values still ruled and the police did not stop them from beating their wives (Rouse 1991). Although female migration was increasing by the late twentieth century, as their lifestyles changed, women suffered from a major contradiction. They were often being morally stigmatised in their communities of origin but remaining signifiers of the transcendent moral value of ‘the Mexican family’ as mothers and wives wherever they were living. Sometimes they found themselves subject to censure by other women as they tried to renegotiate gender relations within their families (Malkin 2004).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nevertheless, collective female activism became an important theme in the literature on the ‘new social movements’ of the late twentieth century. New collective movements of opposition emerged within ‘civil society’ under military dictatorships in part because traditional party politics (and the demobilising patron-client relations that went with it) was suspended. The independent trade union movement of São Paulo’s industrialised ABC region laid the basis for the creation of the Brazilian Workers’ Party, led by future president Luiz Inácio ‘Lula’ da Silva. It promised to do politics in a more &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25democracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;democratic&lt;/a&gt; way that would give poorer citizens participation in government decisions. Critical anthropological studies have shown that a considerable gap emerged between promises and practice after the party started winning power, first at the local level and, in 2002, at national level (Assies 1999; Albert 2016). Many theorists had seen Latin America’s ‘new social movements’ as politically transformative, assuming that they were democratic in their own internal organisation. Ethnographic research showed that this assumption needed to be questioned.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Women were the principal protagonists in some new movements. Argentina’s Mothers of the Plaza de Mayo, for example, demanded that the military produce their children, ‘disappeared’ by a regime of torture, extermination, and theft of its victims’ babies. Feminists were often sceptical about ‘motherist’ movements, despite their contributions to struggles for &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16rights&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;human rights&lt;/a&gt;. The mobilisation of women of different social classes also raised questions of how appropriate Northern middle-class feminist models were for ‘grassroots’ feminisms in Latin America (Stephen 2010), and how Latin America’s structures of class and racial oppression should be factored into the politics of defining the ‘strategic interests’ of poor women of colour in both rural and urban contexts (Alvarez 1990). Women made their &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17voice&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;voices&lt;/a&gt; heard in EZLN-controlled indigenous communities in Chiapas, contesting both patriarchal family structures and their past exclusion from decision-making in communal assemblies (Speed, Hernández Castillo &amp;amp; Stephen 2006). Yet female protagonism was a longstanding historical feature of Andean indigenous movements, and poorer &lt;em&gt;mestizas&lt;/em&gt; as well as indigenous women were assuming public roles in marches and protests organised by new rural movements in other regions of Mexico before the EZLN rebellion, sometimes in defiance of husbands committed to the ideology that a woman’s place is in the home (Zárate Vidal 1998).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Throughout urban Latin America, it fell to women to defend the home when the authorities came to irregular settlements to evict families while their men were working outside the community. They faced new problems when men were unable to obtain enough regular work to fulfil their ascribed role as family provider. During the 1980s crisis, women’s informal work often became the main basis for family reproduction, and domestic violence reflected the ‘wounded masculinity’ of men who could not be &lt;em&gt;machos&lt;/em&gt; in this positive, provider sense (Gutmann 2006). Yet femi(ni)cide, the torture and killing of women because they are women, represents an intensification of intersections between patriarchy, class, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;race&lt;/a&gt;. The violence against women practised by Latin American military dictatorships has escalated in the neoliberal era because the armed male actors with the power to abuse women and girls – police, paramilitaries, and criminals – have diversified and are often complicit with each other. Capitalist development has multiplied the number of vulnerable women in public spaces and commoditised them as disposable sexual objects (Monárrez Fragoso 2010). ‘Grassroots feminism’ is, however, continuing to develop within the working classes, as exemplified by the occupations of schools by secondary school students in Brazil in protest against the policies of the new government installed by the ‘constitutional’ coup of 2016 against the country’s first female president. Rosana Pinheiro-Machado and Lucia Scalco (2018) show that female school students were actively raising political issues in class and some explicitly declared themselves to be feminists, despite negative reactions from young men faced with mounting economic precarity and physical insecurity. Yet after ultraright president Jair Bolsonaro won the 2018 elections, Brazil also demonstrated the challenges posed for women’s and LGBT rights movements when a transnational evangelical Christian countermovement reaches the heart of government. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conclusion: contesting the hegemony of ‘Northern’ anthropology&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropological research on Latin America has made distinctive contributions to broader comparative analysis of issues of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;race&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnicity&lt;/a&gt; in colonial and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;post-colonial&lt;/a&gt; settings, agrarian change, insurgency and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19rev&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;revolution&lt;/a&gt;, religious syncretism and conflict, political anthropology and the anthropology of the state, gender relations, informal economies, urban anthropology, and new social movements and transnationalism. Its strengths include attention to &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;history&lt;/a&gt; and its challenges to received wisdoms within Latin American societies themselves and within the North Atlantic world.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Postcolonial theorists such as Enrique Dussel (Dussel &lt;em&gt;et al.&lt;/em&gt; 2000) and Walter Mignolo (2000) argue that the notion of ‘Western modernity’ as the fount of historical ‘progress’ depended, ideologically as well as economically and militarily, on a transatlantic colonial world in which ‘Latin’ America became the ‘other’ of Euro-North American ‘civilisation’. Postcolonial critiques were taken up in the context of later twentieth century imperialism and capitalist globalisation by Latin American anthropologists such as Fernando Coronil (2003). Anthropologists living in Latin America became increasingly pre-occupied with the relationship between their anthropologies and the ‘hegemonic’ anthropologies of the North Atlantic countries. The existence of global disciplinary hierarchies is undeniable, given the dominance of English as a language of scholarly communication and differences in the opportunities available for international mobility to scholars from the South who have not studied outside their countries of nationality. Some ‘native’ anthropologists also began to argue that their distinctive perspectives were actually being ‘silenced’ by North Atlantic dominance (Krotz 1997). Latin American critics called for global reappraisal of how all anthropological thinking might be enriched by reflection on differences of vision between North Atlantic anthropology and the anthropologies of the former colonial worlds (Restrepo &amp;amp; Escobar 2005; Escobar &amp;amp; Ribeiro 2006). They argue that the ‘hegemonic’ anthropologies remained limited by Eurocentric or even ‘orientalising’ thinking (Velho 2003) and that disciplinary decolonisation entailed ‘provincializing Europe’ (Chakrabarty 2008).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Latin American state-building projects had their own internal colonial dimensions, and Latin American countries have their own academic hierarchies that are influenced, in terms of ideas as well as career possibilities, by class and ethno-racial inequalities. The decolonising critique is not about closing off regional anthropologies from the wider conceptual and comparative thinking that has always influenced their development, but about enhancing their contribution to developing more universal understandings of the human past, present and possible futures. White supremacist ideas are regaining traction in Europe and North America. Anthropology cannot challenge those ideas effectively unless it is purged of all remaining Eurocentrism. Critics of ‘hegemonic anthropologies’ call for more South-South dialogues but also for anthropologists based in the North to reflect on what different scholarly communities consider strategic objectives for anthropological research and the different perspectives on issues that they may offer. The aim of decolonising anthropology is not to promote ‘&lt;em&gt;ressentiment&lt;/em&gt; or nativism’ (Restrepo &amp;amp; Escobar 2005: 485) but to build a more inclusive international and intercultural ‘conversation’ about knowledge, power, and the future of anthropology everywhere (Narotzky 2014).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Adams, R.N. 1970. &lt;em&gt;Crucifixion by power: essays on Guatemalan national social structure, 1944–1966&lt;/em&gt;. Austin: University of Texas Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Adler de Lomnitz, L. 1977. &lt;em&gt;Networks and marginality: life in a Mexican shantytown&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Academic Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Aguirre Beltrán, G. 1946. &lt;em&gt;La población negra de México, 1519-1810: estudio etnohistórico.&lt;/em&gt; Mexico City: Ediciones Fuente Cultural.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Albert, V. 2016. &lt;em&gt;The limits to citizen power: participatory democracy and the entanglements of the state.&lt;/em&gt; London: Pluto Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Allen, T.W. 2014. &lt;em&gt;The invention of the white race: the origin of racial oppression in Anglo-America&lt;/em&gt;, vol. 2. London: Verso Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Alvarez, S.E. 1990. &lt;em&gt;Engendering democracy in Brazil: women’s movements in transition politics.&lt;/em&gt; Princeton: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Archetti, E. 2006. How many centers and peripheries in anthropology? A critical vision of France. In &lt;em&gt;World anthropologies: disciplinary transformations within systems of power&lt;/em&gt; (eds) G.L. Ribeiro &amp;amp; A. Escobar, 113-32. New York: Berg Publishers.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Argyriadis, K. 2014. Católicos, apostólicos y no-satánicos: Representaciones contemporáneas en México y construcciones locales (Veracruz) del culto a la Santa Muerte. &lt;em&gt;Revista Cultura y Religión &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;8&lt;/strong&gt;, 191-218.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Arizpe, L. &amp;amp; J. Aranda. 1981. The ‘comparative advantages’ of women’s disadvantages: women workers in the strawberry export agribusiness in Mexico. &lt;em&gt;Signs&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;7&lt;/strong&gt;, 453-73.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Assies, W. 1999. Theory, practice and ‘external actors’ in the making of new urban social movements in Brazil. &lt;em&gt;Bulletin of Latin American Research&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;18&lt;/strong&gt;, 211-26.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Assies, W., G. Van der Haar &amp;amp; A. Hoekema 2000. &lt;em&gt;The challenge of diversity: indigenous peoples and reform of the state in Latin America.&lt;/em&gt; Amsterdam: Thela Thesis.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Auyero, J. 2000. The logic of clientelism in Argentina: an ethnographic account. &lt;em&gt;Latin American Research Review&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;35&lt;/strong&gt;, 55-81.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Barcellos, C. &amp;amp; A. Zaluar 2014. Homicides and territorial struggles in Rio de Janeiro favelas. &lt;em&gt;Revista de Saúde Publica &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;48&lt;/strong&gt;, 94-102.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Bartra, R. 1976. &lt;em&gt;Caciquismo y poder político en el México rural.&lt;/em&gt; Mexico City: Siglo Veintiuno Editores.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;———1996. &lt;em&gt;Guerrero bronco: campesinos, ciudadanos y guerrilleros en la Costa Grande&lt;/em&gt;. Mexico City: Ediciones Era.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Besserer, F. 2004. &lt;em&gt;Topografías transnacionales: hacia una geografía de la vida transnacional&lt;/em&gt;. Mexico City: Universidad Autónoma Metropolitana and Plaza y Valdés.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Binford, L. 1996. &lt;em&gt;The El Mozote massacre: anthropology and human rights&lt;/em&gt;. Tucson: University of Arizona Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Biondi, K. 2016. &lt;em&gt;Sharing this walk: an ethnography of prison life and the PCC in Brazil.&lt;/em&gt; Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Boccara, G. 2002. Colonización, resistencia y etnogénesis en las fronteras americanas. In &lt;em&gt;Colonización, resistencia y mestizaje en las Américas&lt;/em&gt; (Siglos XVI-XX) (ed.) G. Boccara, 47-82. Quito &amp;amp; Lima: Editorial Abya Yala &amp;amp; Instituto Francés de Estudios Andinos.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Bonfil Batalla, G. 1996. &lt;em&gt;México profundo: reclaiming a civilization&lt;/em&gt; (trans. P.A. Dennis). Austin: University of Texas Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Caldeira, T.P. 2000. &lt;em&gt;City of walls: crime, segregation, and citizenship in São Paulo. &lt;/em&gt;Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Canessa, A. 2014. Conflict, claim and contradiction in the new ‘indigenous’ state of Bolivia. &lt;em&gt;Critique of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;34&lt;/strong&gt;,153-173.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Cavalcanti, M. 2009. Do barraco à casa: tempo, espaço e valor(es) em uma favela consolidada. &lt;em&gt;Revista Brasileira de Ciências Sociais&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;24&lt;/strong&gt;, 69-80.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Cecchetto, F.R., J. Muniz de Oliveira &amp;amp; Rodrigo Monteiro de Araujo 2018. Basta tá do lado: a construção social do envolvido com o crime. &lt;em&gt;Caderno CRH&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;31&lt;/strong&gt;, 99-116.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Chakrabarty, D. 2008. &lt;em&gt;Provincializing Europe: postcolonial thought and historical difference&lt;/em&gt; (2&lt;sup&gt;nd&lt;/sup&gt; ed.). Princeton: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Collins, J.L. 2003. &lt;em&gt;Threads: gender, labor, and power in the global apparel industry&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Coronil, F. 2003. Naturaleza del poscolonialismo: del eurocentrismo al globocentrismo. In &lt;em&gt;La Colonialidad del saber: eurocentrismo y ciencias sociales. Perspectivas latinoamericanas&lt;/em&gt; (ed.) E. Lander, 87-111. Buenos Aires: Clacso (available online: &lt;a href=&quot;http://ecopoliticavenezuela.org/biblioteca/textos/Naturaleza%20del%20poscolonialismo.%20Fernando%20Coronil.pdf&quot;&gt;http://ecopoliticavenezuela.org/biblioteca/textos/Naturaleza%20del%20poscolonialismo.%20Fernando%20Coronil.pdf&lt;/a&gt;). Accessed 6 May 2018.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Cotler, J. 2005. &lt;em&gt;Clases, estado y nación en el Perú&lt;/em&gt;. Lima: Instituto de Estudios Peruanos.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Cummings, J. 2015. Confronting favela chic: the gentrification of informal settlements in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. In &lt;em&gt;Global gentrifications: uneven development and displacement&lt;/em&gt; (eds) L. Lees, H. B. Shin &amp;amp; E. López-Morales, 81–99. Bristol: Policy Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;De la Cadena, M. 2005. Are mestizos hybrids? The conceptual politics of Andean identities. &lt;em&gt;Journal of Latin American Studies&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;37&lt;/strong&gt;, 259-84.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;——— 2010. Indigenous cosmopolitics in the Andes: conceptual reflections beyond ‘politics’. &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;25&lt;/strong&gt;, 334-70.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;De la Maza Cabrera, F. &amp;amp; C.F. Bolomey Córdova 2019. Persistence and changes in state dependence in a Mapuche indigenous territory, Chile. &lt;em&gt;Critique of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;40&lt;/strong&gt;, 146–68.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;De la Peña, G. 2005. Social and cultural policies toward indigenous peoples: perspectives from Latin America. &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;34&lt;/strong&gt;, 717–39.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Degregori, C. I. 1991. How difficult it is to be God: ideology and political violence in Sendero Luminoso (trans. D. Arnold, J. de D. Yapita &amp;amp; O. Harris). &lt;em&gt;Critique of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;11&lt;/strong&gt;, 233-50.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Dussel, E., J. Krauel &amp;amp; V.C. Tuma 2000. Europe, modernity, and eurocentrism. &lt;em&gt;Nepantla: Views from South&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;1&lt;/strong&gt;, 465-78.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Escobar, A. 2015. Territorios de diferencia: la ontología política de los ‘derechos al territorio’. &lt;em&gt;Cuadernos de Antropología Social&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;41&lt;/strong&gt;, 25-38.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;——— &amp;amp; G.L. Ribeiro (eds) 2006. &lt;em&gt;World anthropologies: disciplinary transformations within systems of power. &lt;/em&gt;Oxford: Berg.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Feltran, G. de S. 2008. The management of violence on the São Paulo periphery. &lt;em&gt;Vibrant: Virtual Brazilian Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;7&lt;/strong&gt;, 109-34.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Fernández-Kelly, P. 2006. Introduction. In &lt;em&gt;Political action and the informal economy in Latin America&lt;/em&gt; (eds) P. Fernández-Kelly &amp;amp; J. Shefner, 1-22. University Park: The Pennsylvania State University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Farmer, P. 2004. &lt;em&gt;Pathologies of power: health, human rights, and the new war on the poor&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Fine-Dare, K.S. &amp;amp; S. Rubenstein (eds) 2009. &lt;em&gt;Border crossings: transnational Americanist anthropology.&lt;/em&gt; Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Florescano, E. &amp;amp; V. García Acosta (eds) 2004. &lt;em&gt;Mestizajes tecnológicos y cambios culturales en México&lt;/em&gt;. Mexico City: CIESAS.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Freeman, J. &amp;amp; M. Burgos 2017. Accumulation by forced removal: the thinning of Rio de Janeiro’s favelas in preparation for the Games. &lt;em&gt;Journal of Latin American Studies&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;49&lt;/strong&gt;, 549-77.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Freyre, G. 1986 [1933]. &lt;em&gt;The masters and the slaves: A study in the development of Brazilian civilization&lt;/em&gt; (trans S. Putnam). 2&lt;sup&gt;nd&lt;/sup&gt; English ed. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Friedmann, H., &amp;amp; P. McMichael 1989. Agriculture and the state system: the rise and decline of national agricultures, 1870 to the present. &lt;em&gt;Sociologia Ruralis&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;XXIX&lt;/strong&gt;, 93–117.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Friedrich, P. 1986. &lt;em&gt;The princes of Naranja: an essay in anthrohistorical method&lt;/em&gt;. Austin: University of Texas Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Gamio, M. 2010 [1916]. &lt;em&gt;Forjando patria: Pro-nacionalismo&lt;/em&gt;. Boulder: University Press of Colorado.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;García Canclini, N. 1995. &lt;em&gt;Hybrid cultures: Strategies for entering and leaving modernity&lt;/em&gt;. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Glazer, M., R.D. Baer, S.C. Weller, J.E.G. de Alba &amp;amp; S.W. Liebowitz 2004. Susto and soul loss in Mexicans and Mexican Americans. &lt;em&gt;Cross-Cultural Research&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;38&lt;/strong&gt;, 270–88.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Glick Schiller, N. &amp;amp; G.E. Fouron 1999. Terrains of blood and nation: Haitian transnational social fields. &lt;em&gt;Ethnic and Racial Studies&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;22&lt;/strong&gt;, 340-66.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Goldstein, Daniel M. 2012. &lt;em&gt;Outlawed: between security and rights in a Bolivian city&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Goldstein, Donna M. 2003. &lt;em&gt;Laughter out of place: race, class, violence, and sexuality in a Rio shantytown&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;González de la Rocha, M. 2004. De los ‘recursos de la pobreza’ a la ‘pobreza de recursos’ y las ‘desventajas acumuladas’. &lt;em&gt;Latin American Research Review&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;39&lt;/strong&gt;, 192-5.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Gordillo, G. &amp;amp; S. Hirsch 2003. Indigenous struggles and contested identities in Argentina: histories of invisibilization and reemergence. &lt;em&gt;The Journal of Latin American Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;8&lt;/strong&gt;, 4-30.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Graham, S. 2011. &lt;em&gt;Cities under siege: the new military urbanism&lt;/em&gt;. London: Verso Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Gruzinski, S. 2013. &lt;em&gt;The mestizo mind: the intellectual dynamics of colonization and globalization.&lt;/em&gt; New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Guimarães, A.S.A. 2003. Acesso de negros às universidades públicas. &lt;em&gt;Cadernos de Pesquisa&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;118&lt;/strong&gt;, 247-68.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Gutmann, M.C. 2006. &lt;em&gt;The meanings of macho: being a man in Mexico City&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Hale, C.R. 2006. &lt;em&gt;Más que un indio: Racial ambivalence and neoliberal multiculturalism in Guatemala&lt;/em&gt;. Santa Fe: School of American Research Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;He, L. 2018. Desert Defenders. &lt;em&gt;Index on Censorship&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;47&lt;/strong&gt;, 50-2.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Hewitt de Alcántara, C. 1984. &lt;em&gt;Anthropological perspectives on rural Mexico&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Jimeno, M. 2007. Naciocentrismo: tensiones y configuración de estilos en la antropología sociocultural colombiana. &lt;em&gt;Revista Colombiana de Antropología&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;43&lt;/strong&gt;, 9-32.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Kay, C. 1982. Achievements and contradictions of the Peruvian agrarian reform. &lt;em&gt;The Journal of Development Studies&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;18&lt;/strong&gt;, 141-70.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Kearney, M. 1991. &lt;em&gt;Reconceptualizing the peasantry: anthropology in global perspective&lt;/em&gt;. Boulder, Colo.: Westview Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Koch, A., C. Brierley, M.M. Maslin &amp;amp; S.L. Lewis 2019. Earth system impacts of the European arrival and Great Dying in the Americas after 1492. &lt;em&gt;Quaternary Science Reviews&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;207&lt;/strong&gt;, 13-36.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Krotz, E. 1997. Anthropologies of the South: their rise, their silencing, their characteristics (trans. M. Mayer). &lt;em&gt;Critique of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;17&lt;/strong&gt;, 237-51.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;﻿Le Bot, Y. 1992. &lt;em&gt;La guerre en terre maya: communauté, violence et modernité au Guatemala&lt;/em&gt;. Paris: Karthala.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Leyva Solano, X. &amp;amp; G. Ascencio Franco 1996. &lt;em&gt;Lacandonia al filo del agua&lt;/em&gt;. Mexico City: CIESAS.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Lewis, O. 1959. &lt;em&gt;Five families: Mexican case studies in the culture of poverty&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Basic Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;———1966. &lt;em&gt;La vida: a Puerto Rican family in the culture of poverty - San Juan and New York&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Random House.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Lima, D.N. de O. 2007. ‘Trabalho’, ‘mudança de vida’ e ‘prosperidade’ entre fiéis da Igreja Universal do Reino de Deus. &lt;em&gt;Religião &amp;amp; Sociedade&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;27&lt;/strong&gt;, 132-55.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Lomnitz-Adler, C. 1992. &lt;em&gt;Exits from the labyrinth: culture and ideology in the Mexican national space&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Low, S.M. 1996. The anthropology of cities: imagining and theorizing the city. &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;25&lt;/strong&gt;, 383-409.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Machado da Silva, L.A. &amp;amp; M.P. Leite 2007. Violência, crime e polícia: o que os favelados dizem quando falam desses temas? &lt;em&gt;Sociedade e Estado&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;22&lt;/strong&gt;, 545-91.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;﻿Maldonado Aranda, S. 2005. Between law and arbitrariness: labour union caciques in Mexico. In &lt;em&gt;Caciquismo in twentieth-century Mexico&lt;/em&gt; (eds) A. Knight &amp;amp; W. Pansters, 227-48. London: Institute for the Study of the Americas.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Malkin, V. 2004. ‘We go to get ahead’: gender and status in two Mexican migrant communities. &lt;em&gt;Latin American Perspectives&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;31&lt;/strong&gt;, 75-99.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Manning, P. 1990. The slave trade: the formal demography of a global system. &lt;em&gt;Social Science History&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;14&lt;/strong&gt;, 255-79.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Mariategui, J. C. 1971 [1928]. &lt;em&gt;Seven interpretive essays on Peruvian reality&lt;/em&gt; (trans J. Basadre). Austin: University of Texas Press (available on-line: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.marxists.org/archive/mariateg/works/7-interpretive-essays/index.htm&quot;&gt;https://www.marxists.org/archive/mariateg/works/7-interpretive-essays/index.htm&lt;/a&gt;). Accessed 20 September 2019.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Martí, J. 1891. &lt;em&gt;Our America&lt;/em&gt; (trans E. Allen) (available on-line: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.josemarti.cu/publicacion/nuestra-america-version-ingles/&quot;&gt;http://www.josemarti.cu/publicacion/nuestra-america-version-ingles/&lt;/a&gt;). Accessed 25 September 2019.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Mathews, G., G.L. Ribeiro &amp;amp; C.A. Vega (eds) 2012. &lt;em&gt;Globalization from below: the world&#039;s other economy.&lt;/em&gt; New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Monteiro, J. 2012. Rethinking Amerindian resistance and persistence in colonial Portuguese America. In &lt;em&gt;New approaches to resistance in Brazil and Mexico&lt;/em&gt; (eds) J. Gledhill and P.A. Schell, 25-43. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Mignolo, W. 2000. The many faces of cosmo-polis: border thinking and critical cosmopolitanism. &lt;em&gt;Public Culture&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;12&lt;/strong&gt;, 721-48.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Mintz, S.W. 1974. The Caribbean region. &lt;em&gt;Daedalus&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;103&lt;/strong&gt;, 45-71.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Monárrez Fragoso, J.E. 2010. The victims of Ciudad Juárez feminicide (trans S. Koopman). In &lt;em&gt;Terrorizing women: feminicide in the Américas&lt;/em&gt; (eds) R-L Fregoso &amp;amp; C. Bejarano, 59-69. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Moser, C.O.N. 2010. &lt;em&gt;Ordinary families, extraordinary lives: assets and poverty reduction in Guayaquil, 1978-2004&lt;/em&gt;. Washington, DC: Brookings Institution Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Murra, J.V. 1980 [1956]. &lt;em&gt;The economic organization of the Inka state&lt;/em&gt;. Greenwich: JAI Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Narotzky, S. 2014. Weaving knowledge histories around political engagement: a story of anthropological understanding. &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;116&lt;/strong&gt;, 668-72.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Nash, J.C. 2001 [1989]. Cultural resistance and class consciousness in Bolivian tin-mining communities. In &lt;em&gt;Power and popular protest: Latin American social movements&lt;/em&gt; (ed., 2&lt;sup&gt;nd&lt;/sup&gt; edition) S. Eckstein, 182–202. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;——— 2002. &lt;em&gt;Mayan visions: the quest for autonomy in an age of globalization&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Nugent, S. 1993. &lt;em&gt;Amazonian caboclo society: an essay on invisibility and peasant economy&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Berg Publishers.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Ortiz, F. 1995 [1940]. &lt;em&gt;Cuban counterpoint: tobacco and sugar &lt;/em&gt;(trans. H. de Onis). Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;﻿Pansters, W. 2005. Building a cacicazgo in a neoliberal university. In &lt;em&gt;Caciquismo in twentieth-century Mexico&lt;/em&gt; (eds) A. Knight &amp;amp; W. Pansters, 296-326. London: Institute for the Study of the Americas.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Pechlaner, G. &amp;amp; G. Otero 2010. The neoliberal food regime: neoregulation and the new division of labor in North America. &lt;em&gt;Rural Sociology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;75&lt;/strong&gt;, 179-208.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Perlman, J.E. 1979. &lt;em&gt;The myth of marginality: urban poverty and politics in Rio de Janeiro&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;——— 2006. The metamorphosis of marginality: four generations in the favelas of Rio de Janeiro. &lt;em&gt;The ANNALS of the American Academy of Political and Social Science&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;606&lt;/strong&gt;, 154-177.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Pinheiro-Machado, R. &amp;amp; L.M. Scalco. 2018. Da esperança ao ódio: juventude, política e pobreza do Lulismo ao Bolsonarismo. &lt;em&gt;Caderno IHUideas&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;16&lt;/strong&gt;, 1-13.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Poole, D. &amp;amp; G. Rénique 1992. &lt;em&gt;Peru: time of fear&lt;/em&gt;. London: Latin American Bureau.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Postero, N. 2017. &lt;em&gt;The indigenous state: race, politics and performance in plurinational Bolivia&lt;/em&gt;. Oakland: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Prandi, R. 2000. African gods in contemporary Brazil: a sociological introduction to Candomblé today. &lt;em&gt;International Sociology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;15&lt;/strong&gt;, 641-63.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Ramos, A.R. 1994. The hyperreal Indian. &lt;em&gt;Critique of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;14&lt;/strong&gt;, 153-71.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;———2012. The politics of perspectivism. &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;41&lt;/strong&gt;, 481-94.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Rappaport, J. &amp;amp; R.V.H. Dover 1996. The construction of difference by native legislators: assessing the impact of the Colombian constitution of 1991. &lt;em&gt;Journal of Latin American Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;1&lt;/strong&gt;, 22-45.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Ratier, H.E. 2010. La antropología social argentina: su desarrollo. &lt;em&gt;Publicar&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;8&lt;/strong&gt;, 17-46.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Redfield, R. 1950. &lt;em&gt;Cham Kom: a village that chose progress&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;———1956. &lt;em&gt;The little community and peasant society and culture&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Restrepo, E. &amp;amp; A. Escobar 2005. Other anthropologies and anthropology otherwise: steps to a world anthropologies framework. &lt;em&gt;Critique of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;25&lt;/strong&gt;, 99-129.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Ribeiro, D. &lt;em&gt;et al.&lt;/em&gt; 1970. The culture-historical configurations of the American peoples (with comments, reviews and reply). &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;11&lt;/strong&gt;, 403-34.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Ribeiro, D. 1995. &lt;em&gt;The Brazilian people: the formation and meaning of Brazil&lt;/em&gt; (trans. G. Rabassa). Gainesville: University of Florida Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Rivera Cusicanqui, S. 1993. Anthropology and society in the Andes: themes and issues (trans. J. Gillet). &lt;em&gt;Critique of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;13&lt;/strong&gt;, 77-96.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;———1999. Sendas y senderos de la ciencia social andina. &lt;em&gt;Dispositio&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;24&lt;/strong&gt;, 149-69.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Roberts, B. 1978. &lt;em&gt;Cities of peasants: the political economy of urbanization in the Third World.&lt;/em&gt; London: Edward Arnold.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Roniger, L. 1987. Caciquismo and coronelismo: Contextual dimensions of patron brokerage in Mexico and Brazil. &lt;em&gt;Latin American Research Review&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;22&lt;/strong&gt;, 71-99.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Roosevelt, A.C. 1999. The development of prehistoric complex societies: Amazonia, a Tropical Forest. &lt;em&gt;Archaeological Papers of the American Anthropological Association&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;9&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 13-33.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Rouse, R. 1991. Mexican migration and the social space of postmodernism. &lt;em&gt;Diaspora: A Journal of Transnational Studies &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1&lt;/strong&gt;, 8-23.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Rubin, J.W. 1997. &lt;em&gt;Decentering the regime: ethnicity, radicalism, and democracy in Juchitán, Mexico.&lt;/em&gt; Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Rus, J., R.A. Hernández Castillo &amp;amp; S.L. Mattiace (eds) 2003. &lt;em&gt;Mayan lives, Mayan utopias: the indigenous peoples of Chiapas and the Zapatista rebellion&lt;/em&gt;. Lanham: Rowan &amp;amp; Littlefield Publishers, Inc.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Schryer, F. J. 1990. &lt;em&gt;Ethnicity and class conflict in rural Mexico&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Shukla, S. &amp;amp; H. Tinsman (eds) 2007. &lt;em&gt;Imagining our Americas: toward a transnational frame.&lt;/em&gt; Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Sieder, R. (ed.) 2002. &lt;em&gt;Multiculturalism in Latin America: indigenous rights, diversity and democracy&lt;/em&gt;. Basingstoke: Macmillan.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Silverblatt, I.M. 1987. &lt;em&gt;Moon, sun, and witches: gender ideologies and class in Inca and Colonial Peru&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Smith, C. 1999. Why write an exposé of Rigoberta Menchú? &lt;em&gt;Latin American Perspectives&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;26&lt;/strong&gt;, 15-28.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Smith, G., 1991. &lt;em&gt;Livelihood and resistance: peasants and the politics of land in Peru.&lt;/em&gt; Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Smith, N. 2002. New globalism, new urbanism: gentrification as global urban strategy. &lt;em&gt;Antipode&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;34&lt;/strong&gt;, 427-50.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Souza, J. 2000. Gilberto Freyre e a singularidade cultural brasileira. &lt;em&gt;Tempo Social&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;12&lt;/strong&gt;, 69-100.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Speed, S., R.A. Hernández Castillo &amp;amp; L. Stephen 2006. &lt;em&gt;Dissident women: gender and cultural politics in Chiapas&lt;/em&gt;. Austin: University of Texas Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Starn, O. 1991. Missing the revolution: anthropologists and the war in Peru. &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;6&lt;/strong&gt;, 63-91.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Stephen, L. 2010. &lt;em&gt;Women and social movements in Latin America: power from below&lt;/em&gt;. Austin: University of Texas Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;﻿Stocking, G.W. 1982. Afterword: a view from the center. &lt;em&gt;Ethnos&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;47&lt;/strong&gt;, 172-86.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Vasconcelos, J. 1948 [1925]. &lt;em&gt;La raza cósmica: misión de la raza iberoamericana&lt;/em&gt; (2nd ed.). Buenos Aires: Espasa-Calpe.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Velho, O. 2003. A pictografia da tristesse: uma antropologia do nation-building nos trópicos. &lt;em&gt;Ilha&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;5&lt;/strong&gt;, 5–22 (republished in English in Escobar, A. &amp;amp; G. L. Ribeiro (eds) 2006. &lt;em&gt;World anthropologies: disciplinary transformations within systems of power. &lt;/em&gt;Oxford: Berg).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Vergara-Camus, L. 2014. &lt;em&gt;Land and freedom: The MST, the Zapatistas and peasant alternatives to neoliberalism&lt;/em&gt;. London: Zed Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Vértiz de la Fuente, C. 2019. El Compromiso de León-Portilla. &lt;em&gt;Proceso&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;2240&lt;/strong&gt;, 58-62 (available online: ﻿&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.proceso.com.mx/602805/el-compromiso-de-leon-portilla&quot;&gt;https://www.proceso.com.mx/602805/el-compromiso-de-leon-portilla&lt;/a&gt;). Accessed 9 October 2019.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Viveiros de Castro, E. 1998. Cosmological deixis and Amerindian perspectivism. &lt;em&gt;Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;4&lt;/strong&gt;, 469-88.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Wade, P. 2010. &lt;em&gt;Race and Ethnicity in Latin America&lt;/em&gt; (2&lt;sup&gt;nd&lt;/sup&gt; ed.) London: Pluto Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Walker, C.F. 2014. &lt;em&gt;The Tupac Amaru rebellion&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Warman A., M. Nolasco, G. Bonfil, M. Olivera &amp;amp; E. Valencia 1970. &lt;em&gt;De eso que llaman antropología mexicana&lt;/em&gt;. Mexico City: Editorial Nuestro Tiempo.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Warman, A., 1980. &lt;em&gt;We come to object: the peasants of Morelos and the national state&lt;/em&gt; (trans. S.K. Ault). Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Warren, K.B. 1998. &lt;em&gt;Indigenous movements and their critics: Pan-Maya activism in Guatemala&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Willis, G.D. 2015. &lt;em&gt;The killing consensus: police, organized crime and the regulation of life and death in urban Brazil&lt;/em&gt;. Oakland: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Wilson, R. 1995. &lt;em&gt;Maya resurgence in Guatemala: Q&#039;eqchi&#039; experiences&lt;/em&gt;. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Wolf, E.R. 1957. Closed corporate peasant communities in Mesoamerica and Central Java. &lt;em&gt;Southwestern Journal of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;13&lt;/strong&gt;, 1-18.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;———1986. The vicissitudes of the closed corporate peasant community. &lt;em&gt;American Ethnologist&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;13&lt;/strong&gt;, 325-9.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Zaluar, A. 2010. Youth, drug traffic and hypermasculinity in Rio de Janeiro. &lt;em&gt;Vibrant - Virtual Brazilian Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;7&lt;/strong&gt;, 7–27.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Zárate Vidal, M. 1998. &lt;em&gt;En busca de la comunidad: identidades recreadas y organización campesina en Michoacán&lt;/em&gt;. Zamora: El Colegio de Michoacán AC.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note on contributor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;John Gledhill is Emeritus Professor of Social Anthropology at the University of Manchester and a Fellow of the British Academy and Academy of Social Sciences. He has published in English, Spanish and Portuguese on his ethnographic and historical research in Brazil and Mexico and also writes on broader comparative issues.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Email: &lt;/em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;mailto:john.gledhill@manchester.ac.uk&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;john.gledhill@manchester.ac.uk&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;em&gt;, website: &lt;/em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://johngledhill.wordpress.com/&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;https://johngledhill.wordpress.com&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;em&gt;.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</description>
 <pubDate>Mon, 04 Jan 2021 10:40:45 +0000</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>Felix Stein</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">1271 at https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com</guid>
</item>
</channel>
</rss>
